ANTIBACTERIAL COMPOUNDS

Abstract

(57) The present invention relates to the following compounds

Description

DESCRIPTION OF THE INVENTION 2420-546346EA / 071 ANTIBACTERIAL COMPOUNDS The present invention relates to new compounds. The present invention also relates to such compounds for use as pharmaceuticals, as well as for use in the treatment of bacterial diseases, including those caused by pathogenic mycobacteria such as Mycobacterium tuberculosis. Such compounds may act to interfere with ATP synthase in M. tuberculosis by inhibiting cytochrome bci activity as the main mechanism of action. Thus, these compounds are primarily anti-tuberculosis agents. BACKGROUND OF THE INVENTION Mycobacterium tuberculosis is the causative agent of tuberculosis (TB), a dangerous and potentially fatal infection worldwide. The World Health Organization estimates that more than 8 million people fall ill with TB each year and 2 million people die each year from tuberculosis. In the last decade, the incidence of TB has increased by 20% worldwide, with the highest rates in the poorest countries. If this trend continues, the incidence of TB will increase by 41% in the next twenty years. Fifty years after the introduction of effective chemotherapy, TB remains the leading infectious cause of adult death in the world after AIDS. The TB epidemic is compounded by an increase in multidrug-resistant strains and deadly symbiosis with HIV. People who are HIV positive and infected with TB are 30 times more likely to develop active TB than people who are HIV negative, with TB causing the death of one in every three people with HIV / AIDS worldwide. All existing approaches to the treatment of tuberculosis involve a combination of several means. For example, the treatment regimen recommended by the US Health Service is a combination of isoniazid, rifampicin and pyrazinamide for two months, followed by isoniazid and rifampicin separately for an additional four months. HIV-infected patients continue to take these medicines for an additional seven months. For patients infected with multidrug-resistant strains of M. tuberculosis, agents such as ethambutol, streptomycin, kanamycin, amikacin, capreomycin, ethionamide, cycloserine, ciprofoxacin, and ofloxacin are added to combination therapies. There is no single agent that is effective in the clinical treatment of tuberculosis, or any combination of agents, that allows therapy of less than six months. There is an urgent need in medicine for new drugs that improve current treatments by providing treatment regimens that promote adherence to treatment on the part of the patient and physician. The best way to achieve this is to use shorter and less controlled regimens. Treatment is most beneficial in the first 2 months during the intensive, or bactericidal, phase, when four drugs are taken at the same time; the bacterial load is greatly reduced and patients become unable to spread the infection. To eliminate persistent bacilli and minimize the risk of recurrence, a continuation phase of treatment, or sterilization, is required, lasting 4-6 months. A potent sterilizing drug that shortens the duration of treatment to 2 months or less would be extremely helpful. There is also a need for drugs that promote treatment adherence by requiring less careful monitoring. Obviously, the compound that reduces both the total duration of treatment and the frequency of drug administration will provide the greatest benefit. The TB epidemic is exacerbated by the increasing incidence of multidrug-resistant strains, or MDR- TV. Up to four percent of all cases worldwide are considered to be MDR-TB due to resistance to isoniazid and rifampin, the most effective drugs in the standard four-drug regimen. MDR-TB is fatal if left untreated and does not respond well to standard therapy, so treatment requires "second line" drugs for up to 2 years. These drugs are often toxic, expensive, and have little effect. In the absence of effective therapy, patients infected with the MDR-TB pathogens continue to spread the disease, leading to new infections with the strains that cause MDR-TB. There is a great need in medicine for a new drug with a new mechanism of action, which is able to be active against drug-resistant strains, in particular strains with MDR. The term "drug-resistant", as used above and below in this document, is a term well understood by a person skilled in the field of microbiology. A drug-resistant mycobacterium is a mycobacterium that is no longer sensitive to at least one previously effective drug; which has developed the ability to tolerate the antibiotic action of at least one previously effective drug. A drug-resistant strain can pass on this ability to transfer to its offspring. Said resistance may be the result of random genetic mutations in a bacterial cell that alter its sensitivity to one drug or to different drugs. MDR TB is a specific form of drug-resistant TB due to bacterial resistance to at least isoniazid and rifampicin (with or without resistance to other drugs), which are currently the two most powerful anti-TB drugs. So Thus, as used above and below herein, "drug-resistant" includes multidrug resistance. Another factor in the fight against the TV epidemic is the problem of latent TV. Despite several decades of tuberculosis (TB) control programs, about 2 billion people are infected with M. tuberculosis, albeit without symptoms. About 10% of these individuals are at risk of developing active TB during their lifetime. The global TB epidemic is exacerbated by the infection of TB patients with HIV and the emergence of multidrug-resistant strains that cause TB (MDR-TB). Reactivation of latent TB is a high risk factor for the development of the disease and is responsible for 32% of deaths in HIV-infected individuals. To combat the TB epidemic, it is necessary to develop new drugs that can destroy dormant or latent bacilli. Dormant TB can be reactivated to cause disease by several factors, such as suppression of host immunity with immunosuppressive agents such as antibodies against tumor necrosis factor a or interferon-y. In the case of HIV-positive patients, the only preventive treatment suitable for latent TB is rifampicin and pyrazinamide regimens for two to three months. The effectiveness of the treatment regimen has not yet been established and, in addition, the duration of treatment is an important limitation in resource-limited settings. Therefore, there is an urgent need to discover new drugs that can act as chemoprophylactic agents for individuals who are carriers of latent bacilli that cause TB. Tuberculosis bacilli enter the body of healthy individuals by inhalation; they are phagocytosed by alveolar macrophages of the lungs. This leads to a strong immune response and the formation of granulomas, which consist of M. tuberculosis-infected macrophages surrounded by T cells. After 6- An 8-week period host immune response causes death of infected cells by necrosis and accumulation of caseous matter with isolated extracellular bacilli surrounded by macrophages, epithelioid cells and layers of lymphoid tissue in the periphery. In the case of healthy individuals, most mycobacteria are killed under such conditions, but a small proportion of the bacilli still survive and are thought to exist in a state of reduced metabolism without reproduction and are resistant to killing by anti-TB drugs such as isoniazid. These bacilli can persist under altered physiological conditions even throughout the life of an individual without any clinical symptoms of the disease. However, in 10% of these cases, these latent bacilli can reactivate, causing disease. One hypothesis for the development of these persistent bacteria is the hypothesis of pathophysiological conditions in human lesions, namely reduced oxygen pressure, nutrient limitation, and acidic pH. It has been hypothesized that these factors cause these bacteria to become phenotypically resistant to major antimycobacterial drugs. In addition to controlling the TB epidemic, there is the problem of the emergence of resistance to "first line" antibiotics. Some important examples include penicillin-resistant strains of Streptococcus pneumoniae, vancomycin-resistant strains of enterococci, methicillin-resistant strains of Staphylococcus aureus, multi-resistant Salmonella strains. The consequences of developing antibiotic resistance are serious. Infections caused by resistant organisms are untreatable, resulting in prolonged illness and an increased risk of death. Treatment failures also lead to longer periods of infectivity, which increases the number of infected people in the community and thus exposes the entire population to the risk of contracting infection caused by resistant strains. Hospitals are the most important element in the problem of antimicrobial resistance around the world. The combination of highly susceptible patients, intensive and prolonged use of antimicrobials, and nosocomial cross-infection has resulted in infections with pathogenic bacteria with a high level of resistance. Self-medication with antimicrobials is another important factor contributing to the acquisition of resistance. In the case of self-medication, antimicrobials may be unnecessary, often taken in inappropriate doses, or may not contain sufficient amounts of the active drug. Patient adherence to recommended treatment is another important issue. Patients forget to take their medication, stop their treatment when they start to feel better, or may not be able to afford the full course, thus creating ideal conditions for adaptation rather than extermination. Due to the emergence of resistance to multiple antibiotics, clinicians are faced with infections for which there is no effective therapy. The morbidity, mortality and financial costs associated with these infections place increasing strain on healthcare systems around the world. Therefore, there is a great need for new compounds for the treatment of bacterial infections, especially mycobacterial infections, including infections caused by drug-resistant and latent mycobacteria, as well as other bacterial infections, especially those caused by resistant strains of bacteria. Anti-infective compounds for the treatment of tuberculosis have been disclosed, for example, in international patent application W0 2011 / 113606. This document is related to compounds that will prevent the multiplication of M. tuberculosis within a host macrophage, and is related to compounds with a bicyclic core, imidazopyridines, which are connected (for example, via an amido fragment), for example, with an optionally substituted benzyl group. International patent application W0 2014 / 015167 also discloses compounds which are disclosed as potentially useful in the treatment of tuberculosis. Such compounds disclosed herein have a bicycle (5,5-fused bicycle) as the main element, which is substituted by a linker group (eg amido group), which itself can be attached to another bicycle or aromatic group. Such compounds in this document do not contain a number of more than three rings. An article in Nature Medicine, 19, 1157-1160 (2013) Pethe et al "Discovery of Q203, a potent clinical candidate for the treatment of tuberculosis" lists a specific compound that was tested against M. tuberculosis. This Q203 connection is shown below. This clinical trial candidate is also discussed in an article from J. Medicinal Chemistry, 2014, 57 (12), pp 5293-5305. It is claimed to have activity against MDR tuberculosis and also has activity against M. tuberculosis strain H37Rv with a MIC50 of 0.28 nM inside macrophages. Positive control data (with known anti-TB compounds bedaquiline, isoniazid and moxifloxacin) are also reported. The cited document also suggests a mechanism of action based on mutant studies. It is hypothesized that the compound acts by interfering with ATP synthase in M. tuberculosis, and that the main mechanism of action is inhibition of cytochrome b]_ activity. Cytochrome bci is an essential component of the electron transport chain required for ATP synthesis. It turned out that Q203 was very active against both replicating and non-replicating bacteria. International patent application W0 2015 / 014993 also discloses the compounds as having activity against M. tuberculosis. International patent applications WO 2013 / 033070 and WO 2013 / 033167 disclose various compounds as kinase modulators. The aim of the present invention is to provide compounds for use in the treatment of bacterial diseases, in particular diseases caused by pathogenic bacteria such as Mycobacterium tuberculosis (including latent disease and including drug-resistant strains of M. tuberculosis'). Such compounds may also be novel and may act by interfering with ATP synthase in M. tuberculosis, with inhibition of cytochrome b]_ activity thought to be the main mechanism of action. BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE INVENTION Provides a compound of formula (I), where R 1 represents C1_ 6 alkyl or hydrogen; L 1 is a linker group -C(R a ) (R b )- (or missing); X 1 is an optional aromatic linker group; R a and R b are independently hydrogen or C1_ 6 alkyl (optionally substituted with one or more fluorine atoms); X а represents C(R c ) or N; X ь represents C(R d ) , N, O (in this case, L 2 absent) or С=0 (in this case L 2 also missing) R c and R d are independently H or -0R e (where R e is H or Ci-balkyl optionally substituted with one or more fluoro atoms); q 1 represents -X е - (CH 2 ) ni-X d -; nl is 0, 1 or 2; q 2 represents -X е - (CH 2 ) n2 -X f -; n2 is equal to 0, 1 or 2, but nl and n2 are not equal to 0 at the same time; X е (which is attached to X а ) or absent, or, if X а is CH, then X е may be -O-, -NH- or -S-; X d or absent, or if nl is 2, or if X е absent, X а represents C(R c ) , and nl equals 1, then X d may also be -O-, -NH- or -S-; X е and X f independently or absent, or may independently represent -O-, -NH- or -S-, provided that the above heteroatoms are not directly attached to an a-atom or other heteroatom; q 3 represents -X g -(CH 2 ) n3 -X h -; q 4 represents -X 1 - (CH 2 ) n4 -X j -; pZ equals 0, 1 or 2; n4 is equal to 0, 1 or 2, but at the same time n3 and n4 are not equal to 0 at the same time; X g , X h , X 1 and X j independently or absent, or may be -O-, -NH- or -S-, provided that the above heteroatoms are not directly attached to an a-atom or other heteroatom; if x ь represents O or C=0, then L 2 missing; if X ь represents C(R d ) (for example, CH) or N, then L 2 may be hydrogen, halogen, -0R f , FROM 4 _balkyl (optionally substituted one or several atoms halogen, e.g. fluorine atoms) or an aromatic group (optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from halogen, Ci б alkyl (which is itself optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from fluoro, -CF 3 and / or -SF 5 ) , -0С1_ 6 alkyl (which is itself optionally substituted with one or more fluorine atoms), -O-phenyl (which is itself optionally substituted with halogen, C 3 _ 6 alkyl, C1- 6 fluoroalkyl and / or -0C1_ 6 alkyl) or -SF 5 ) ; R f is hydrogen or C1_ 6 alkyl (optionally substituted with one or more fluorine atoms); ring A is a 5-membered aromatic ring containing at least one heteroatom (preferably containing at least one nitrogen atom); ring B is a 5- or 6-membered ring, which may be aromatic or non-aromatic, optionally containing one to four heteroatoms (preferably selected from nitrogen, oxygen and sulfur); ring A and / or ring B may be optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from: halo, C 3 _ 6 alkyl (optionally substituted with one or more halogen atoms, e.g. fluorine atoms) and / or -0C1_ 6 alkyl (which is itself optionally substituted with one or more fluorine atoms), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof; such compounds may preferably be referred to herein as "compounds of the present invention". In particular, in a main embodiment of the present invention, the following compounds of formula (IA) are provided for use in the treatment of tuberculosis: (1A) where R 1 represents C1_ 6 alkyl or hydrogen; L 1 is a linker group -C(R a ) (R b )-; X 1 represents an optional carbocyclic aromatic linker group (and the linker group may itself be optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from fluorine, -OH, -0C1_ 6 alkyl and C1_ 6 alkyl, the last two alkyl moieties themselves being optionally substituted with one or more fluorine atoms); R a and R b are independently hydrogen or C 2 _balkyl (optionally substituted with one or more fluorine atoms); X а represents C(R c ) or N; X ь represents C(R d ) , N, O (in this case, L 2 absent) or С=0 (in this case L 2 also missing) R c and R d are independently H, F, or -0R e (where R e is H or Cf-balkyl optionally substituted with one or more fluorine atoms), or R d and L 2 can be linked together to form a 4-6 membered cyclic group (ie, spirocycle), optionally containing one to three heteroatoms; q1 represents -X е - (CH 2 ) ni-X d -; P1 is 0, 1 or 2; q 2 represents -X е - (CH 2 ) n2 -X f -; n2 is 0, 1, or 2, but n! and n2 are not equal to 0 simultaneously; X е (which is attached to X а ) or absent, or, if X а is CH, then X е may represent -O-, -NH- or -S-; X d or absent, or if nl is 2, or if X е absent, X а represents C(R c ) , and nl equals 1, then X d may also be -O-, -NH- or -S-; X е and X f independently or absent, or may independently represent -O-, -NH- or -S-, provided that the above heteroatoms are not directly attached to an a-atom or other heteroatom; q 3 represents -X g -(CH 2 ) n3 -X h -; q 4 represents -X 1 -(CH 2 ) n4 -X j -; pZ equals 0, 1 or 2; n4 is equal to 0, 1 or 2, but at the same time n3 and n4 are not equal to 0 at the same time; X g , X h , X 1 and X j independently or absent, or may be -O-, -NH- or -S-, provided that the above heteroatoms are not directly attached to an a-atom or other heteroatom; if X ь represents O or C=0, then L 2 missing; if X ь represents C(R d ) (for example, CH) or N, then L 2 may be hydrogen, halogen, -0R f , -C(O)-R g , FROM 2 _ 6 alkyl (optionally substituted with one or more halogen atoms, e.g. fluorine atoms) or an aromatic group (optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from halogen, Cf-ealkyl (which is itself optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from fluorine, -CF 3 and / or -SF 5 ) , -0С1_ 6 alkyl (which is itself optionally substituted with one or more fluorine atoms), -O-phenyl (which is itself optionally substituted with halogen, Cf-ealkyl, C1- 6 fluoroalkyl and / or -0C1_ 6 alkyl) or -SF 5 ) ; R f is hydrogen, C1_ 6 alkyl (optionally substituted with one or more fluorine atoms) or an aromatic group (which is itself optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from halogen, Cf-ealkyl and -OCi-ealkyl, the last two alkyl moieties themselves being optionally substituted with one or more fluorine atoms); R g is hydrogen or C1_ 6 alkyl (optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from fluorine or -OCi-zalkyl, the latter moiety also being optionally substituted with one or more fluorine atoms) or an aromatic group (optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from halogen, Ci-ealkyl or - 0С1_ 6 alkyl); ring A can be attached to the desired amide moiety (i.e. -C(O)-N(R 1 ) -) through any of the two possible bonds represented by dotted lines, and these bonds are connected to ring A at two different atoms (of this ring); ring A is a 5-membered aromatic ring containing at least one heteroatom (preferably containing at least one nitrogen atom); ring B is a 5- or 6-membered ring, which may be aromatic or non-aromatic, optionally containing one to four heteroatoms (preferably selected from nitrogen, oxygen and sulfur); ring A and / or ring B may be optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from: halo, Ci_ 6 alkyl (optionally substituted with one or more halogen atoms, e.g. fluorine atoms) and / or -0C1_ 6 alkyl (which is itself optionally substituted with one or more fluorine atoms), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, however, the compounds may also preferably be referred to herein as "compounds of the present invention". For example, compounds of formula (IA) may, as described above, be such that ring A is connected to the amide moiety via a specific ring atom, as depicted by compounds of formula (I) below: ¢1) This embodiment is primarily a graphical representation of ring A linked to a given amido moiety via a bond represented by one of the dotted lines in formula (IA). Pharmaceutically acceptable salts include addition salts acids and base addition salts. Such salts may be formed by conventional means, for example by reacting a compound of formula I in the free acid or free base form with one or more equivalents of the appropriate acid or base, optionally in a solvent or medium in which the salt is insoluble, followed by removal of said solvent or specified medium using standard techniques (eg in vacuo, freeze drying or filtration). Salts can also be prepared by exchanging the counterion of a compound of the present invention in salt form with another counterion, for example using a suitable ion exchange resin. The pharmaceutically acceptable salts are meant to be acid additions as described above in this document, include the therapeutically active non-toxic acid addition salt forms which the compounds of formula (I) are capable of forming. These pharmaceutically acceptable acid addition salts can easily be obtained by treating the base form with such an appropriate acid. Corresponding acids include for example, inorganic acids hydrohalic acids for example hydrochloric or hydrobromic acid sulfuric nitric phosphoric similar acids; or organic acids such as, for example, acetic, propanoic, hydroxyacetic, lactic, pyruvic, oxalic (i.e., ethanedioic), malonic, succinic (i.e., butanedioic acid), maleic, fumaric, malic, tartaric, citric, methanesulfonic, ethanesulfonic, benzenesulfonic, p-toluenesulfonic, cyclamic, salicylic, p-aminosalicylic, pamoic and the like acids. In the context of the present invention, solvates, prodrugs, N-oxides and stereoisomers of the compounds of the present invention are also included within the scope of the present invention. The term "prodrug" of the corresponding compound of the present invention includes any compound which, after oral or parenteral administration, is metabolized in vivo to form such a compound in an experimentally detectable amount and within a predetermined time (for example, within a dose interval of 6 to 24 hours (i.e. when taken one to four times daily)). For the avoidance of ambiguity, the term "parenteral" administration includes all forms of administration other than oral administration. Prodrugs of the compounds of the present invention can be obtained by modifying functional groups present on the compound such that these modifications are cleaved in vivo when such a prodrug is administered to a mammal. Modifications are usually obtained by synthesizing the parent compound with a prodrug substituent. Prodrugs include compounds of the present invention wherein the hydroxyl, amino, sulfhydryl, carboxyl, or carbonyl group in the compound of the present invention is linked to any group that can be cleaved in vivo to regenerate a free hydroxyl, amino, sulfhydryl, carboxyl, or carbonyl group, respectively. Examples of prodrugs include, without limitation, hydroxyl functional esters and carbamates, carboxyl esters, N-acyl derivatives, and N-Mannich bases. General information on prodrugs can be found, for example, in Bundegaard, H. "Design of Prodrugs" p. 1-92, Elsevier, New York-Oxford (1985). The compounds of the present invention may contain double bonds and therefore may exist as geometric E- (entgegen) and Z- (zusammen) isomers on each individual double bond. The compounds of the present invention may also encompass positional isomers. All such isomers (for example, if the compound of the present invention contains a double bond or a fused ring, cis and transforms are covered) and mixtures thereof are included within the scope of the present invention (for example, individual positional isomers and mixtures of positional isomers may be included within the scope of the present invention) . The compounds of the present invention may also exhibit tautomerism. All tautomeric forms (or tautomers) and mixtures thereof are included within the scope of the present invention. The term "tautomer" or "tautomeric form" refers to structural isomers with different energy values ​​that are capable of interconversion due to a low energy barrier. For example, proton tautomers (also known as prototropic tautomers) involve proton migration interconversions such as keto-enol and imine-enamine isomerization. Valence tautomers involve interconversions by rearranging some of the bond electrons. The compounds of the present invention may also contain one or more asymmetric carbon atoms and, therefore, may exhibit optical isomerism and / or diastereoisomerism. Diastereoisomers can be separated using conventional techniques such as chromatography or fractional crystallization. A variety of stereoisomers can be isolated by separating a racemic or other mixture of compounds using conventional techniques such as fractional crystallization or HPLC. Alternatively, the desired optical isomers can be obtained by reacting the corresponding optically active starting materials under conditions that will not cause racemization or epimerization (i.e. the "chiral pool" method), by reacting the appropriate starting material with a "chiral auxiliary", which can subsequently be removed at a suitable stage, by derivatization (i.e. separation, including dynamic separation), for example, with a homochiral acid, followed by resolution of diastereomeric derivatives using conventional methods such as chromatography, or by reaction with an appropriate chiral reagent or chiral catalyst, all of the above under conditions known to the skilled person. All stereoisomers (including, without limitation, diastereoisomers, enantiomers, and atropisomers) and mixtures thereof (eg, racemic mixtures) are included within the scope of the present invention. In the structures given herein, unless the stereochemical structure of any particular chiral atom is indicated, all stereoisomers are considered and included as compounds of the present invention. When a stereochemical structure is indicated by a thick wedge or dotted line representing a particular configuration, then that stereoisomer is indicated and defined as such. The compounds of the present invention may exist in unsolvated as well as solvated forms with pharmaceutically acceptable solvents such as water, ethanol, and the like, and the present invention is intended to cover both solvated and unsolvated forms. The present invention also encompasses isotopically labeled compounds of the present invention which are identical to those described herein except that one or more atoms are replaced by an atom with an atomic mass or mass number different from the atomic mass or mass number normally found in nature (or most common of those found in nature). All isotopes of each particular atom or element that is specified in this document are considered within the scope of the compounds of the present invention. Illustrative isotopes that may be included in the compounds of the present invention include isotopes of hydrogen, carbon, nitrogen, oxygen, phosphorus, sulfur, fluorine, chlorine and iodine, such as 2 H, 3 H, Ы FROM, 13 FROM, 14 FROM, 13 N, 15 0, 17 0, 18 0, 32 R, 33 R, 35 S, 18 F, 36 C1, 123 T and125 T . Certain isotopically labeled compounds of the present invention (for example, labeled 3 H and 14 C) are applicable in analyzes of the distribution of compounds and substrate in tissues. Isotopes of tritium ( 3 H) and carbon-14 ( 14 C) are applicable due to their ease of obtaining and the possibility of detection. In addition, substitution by heavier isotopes such as deuterium (i.e. 2 H) may confer certain therapeutic advantages due to greater metabolic stability (eg, increased in vivo half-life or reduced dose required) and therefore may be preferred in some instances. Positron active isotopes such as 15 0, 13 N, 41 C and 18 P are applicable for studies using positron emission tomography (PET) to assess the degree of occupancy of the receptor by the substrate. Isotopically labeled compounds of the present invention can generally be prepared using the following procedures, similar to those disclosed in the description / examples herein below, by replacing a non-isotopically labeled reagent with an isotopically labeled reagent. Unless otherwise stated, C1_ ч alkyl groups (where q is the upper end of the range) as defined herein may be straight chain or, if there are a sufficient number (i.e., at least two or three, as appropriate) of carbon atoms, may be branched, and / or can be cyclic (forming, in this case, C 3 _ ч cycloalkyl group). Such cycloalkyl groups may be monocyclic or bicyclic and, in addition, may contain an internal bridge. In addition, if there are a sufficient number (ie, at least four) carbon atoms, such groups may also be partially cyclic. Such alkyl groups may also be saturated or, if there are a sufficient number (i.e., at least two) carbon atoms, may be unsaturated (forming, for example, Cr-alkenyl or Cr- Ч alkynyl group). Cs-dCycloalkyl groups (where q is the upper limit range), which may be specifically noted, may be monocyclic or bicyclic alkyl groups, while the cycloalkyl groups may additionally contain an internal bridge (forming, in such a case, for example, fused ring systems, such as three fused cycloalkyl groups). Such cycloalkyl groups may be saturated or unsaturated, containing one or more double bonds (forming, for example, a cycloalkenyl group). Substituents may be attached to the cycloalkyl group at any point. In addition, if there are a sufficient number (ie, at least four) carbon atoms, such cycloalkyl groups may be partially cyclic. The term "halogen" as used herein preferably includes fluorine, chlorine, bromine and iodine. The heterocyclic groups referred to herein may include aromatic or non-aromatic heterocyclic groups and therefore encompass heterocycloalkyl and heteroaryl. Equally, "aromatic or non-aromatic 5- or 6-membered rings" can be heterocyclic groups (as well as carbocyclic groups) that contain 5 or 6 ring members. Heterocycloalkyl groups that may be noted include non-aromatic monocyclic and bicyclic heterocycloalkyl groups in which at least one (for example, one to four) of the atoms in the ring system is not a carbon (i.e., is a heteroatom), and in which the total number of atoms in the ring system is 3 to 20 (eg three to ten, eg 3 to 8, such as 5-8). Such heterocycloalkyl groups may also contain an internal bridge. In addition, such heterocycloalkyl groups may be saturated or unsaturated, containing one or more double and / or triple bonds, forming, for example, a Cr-dHeterocycloalkenyl group (where q is the upper limit of the range). Cr_dHeterocycloalkyl groups which may be noted include 7-azabicyclo[2.2.1]heptanyl, 6-azabicyclo[3.1.1]heptanyl, 6- azabicyclo[3.2.1]-octanyl, 8-azabicyclo-[3.2.1]octanyl, aziridinyl, azetidinyl, dihydropyranyl, dihydropyridyl, dihydropyrrolyl (including 2,5-dihydropyrrolyl), dioxolanyl (including 1,3-dioxolanyl), dioxanil (including 1,3-dioxanyl and 1,4-dioxanyl), dithianil (including 1,4-dithianyl), dithiolanil (including 1,3-dithiolanyl) , imidazolidinyl, imidazolinyl, morpholinyl, 7-oxabicyclo[2.2.1]heptanyl, 6-oxabicyclo-[3.2.1]octanyl, oxetanyl, oxiranyl, piperazinyl, piperidinyl, non-aromatic pyranyl, pyrazolidinyl, pyrrolidinonyl, pyrrolidinyl, pyrrolinyl, quinuclidinyl , 3-sulfolenyl, tetrahydropyranyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, tetrahydropyridyl (such as 1,2,3,4-tetrahydropyridyl and 1,2,3,6-tetrahydropyridyl), thiethanyl, thiiranyl, thiolanyl, thiomorpholinyl, trithianyl (including 1,3 ,5-trithianyl), tropanyl, and the like. Substituents on heterocycloalkyl groups may, where appropriate, be located at any atom in the ring system, including the heteroatom. The point of attachment in heterocycloalkyl groups can be any atom in the ring system, including (as appropriate) a heteroatom (such as a nitrogen atom) or an atom in any fused carbocyclic ring that may be present as part of the ring system. The heterocycloalkyl groups may also be in N- or S-oxidized form. The heterocycloalkyl referred to herein may be specifically referred to as monocyclic or bicyclic. Aromatic groups may be aryl or heteroaryl. Aryl groups which may be noted include C6-gozryl such as Semgaryl (eg Ce_yaryl) groups. Such groups may be monocyclic, bicyclic or tricyclic and have from 6 to 12 (eg 6-10) carbon atoms in the ring, with at least one ring being aromatic. Se-aryl groups include phenyl, naphthyl, and the like, such as 1,2,3,4-tetrahydronaphthyl. The point of attachment of the aryl group can be any atom ring system. For example, if the aryl group is polycyclic, the point of attachment may be an atom, including a non-aromatic ring atom. However, if the aryl groups are polycyclic (eg, bicyclic or tricyclic), they are preferably connected to the rest of the molecule via an aromatic ring. The most preferred aryl groups that may be listed herein are "phenyl". Unless otherwise indicated, the term "heteroaryl" as used herein refers to an aromatic group containing one or more heteroatoms (e.g., one to four heteroatoms), preferably selected from N, O, and S. Heteroaryl groups include those having from 5 up to 20 members (for example, from 5 to 10), and they can be monocyclic, bicyclic or tricyclic, provided that at least one of the rings is aromatic (forming, in such a case, for example, mono-, bi - or tricyclic heteroaromatic group). If the heteroaryl group is polycyclic, the point of attachment may be any atom, including a non-aromatic ring atom. However, if the heteroaryl groups are polycyclic (eg, bicyclic or tricyclic), they are preferably connected to the rest of the molecule via an aromatic ring. Heteroaryl groups that may be noted include 3,4-dihydro-1H-isoquinolinyl, 1,3-dihydroisoindolyl, 1,3-dihydroisoindolyl (e.g. 3,4-dihydro-1H-isoquinolin-2-yl, 1,3-dihydroisoindol-2-yl, 1,3-dihydroisoindol-2-yl; m.p. e. heteroaryl groups that are connected via a non-aromatic ring) or preferably acridinyl, benzimidazolyl, benzodioxanyl, benzodioxepinyl, benzodioxolyl (including 1,3-benzodioxolyl), benzofuranyl, benzofurazanyl, benzothiadiazolyl (including 2,1,3- benzothiadiazolyl), benzothiazolyl, benzoxadiazolyl (including 2,1,3-benzoxadiazolyl), benzoxazinyl (including 3,4-dihydro-2H-1,4-benzoxazinyl), benzoxazolyl, benzomorpholinyl, benzoselenadiazolyl (including 2.1.3-benzoselenadiazolyl), benzothienyl, carbazolyl, chromanyl, cinnolinyl, furanyl, imidazolyl, imidazo[1,2-a]pyridyl, indazolyl, indolinyl, indolyl, isobenzofuranyl, isochromanyl, isoindolinyl, isoindolyl, isoquinolinyl, isothiazolyl, isothiochromanyl, isoxazolyl , naphthyridinyl (including 1,6-naphthyridinyl or preferably 1,5-naphthyridinyl and 1,8-naphthyridinyl), oxadiazolyl (including 1,2,3-oxadiazolyl, 1.2.4-oxadiazolyl and 1,3,4-oxadiazolyl), oxazolyl, phenazinyl, phenothiazinyl, phthalazinyl, pteridinyl, purinyl, pyranyl, pyrazinyl, pyrazolyl, pyridazinyl, pyridyl, pyrimidinyl, pyrrolyl, quinazolinyl, quinolinyl, quinolizinyl, quinoxalinyl, tetrahydroisoquinolinyl (including 1,2,3,4-tetrahydroisoquinolinyl and 5,6,7,8-tetrahydroisoquinolinyl), tetrahydroquinolinyl (including 1,2,3,4-tetrahydroquinolinyl and 5,6,7,8-tetrahydroquinolinyl) , tetrazolyl, thiadiazolyl (including 1,2,3-thiadiazolyl, 1,2,4-thiadiazolyl and 1,3,4-thiadiazolyl), thiazolyl, thiochromanil, thiopheneethyl, thienyl, triazolyl (including 1,2, 3-triazolyl, 1,2,4-triazolyl and 1,3,4-triazolyl) and the like. Substituents on heteroaryl groups may, where appropriate, be located at any atom in the ring system, including the heteroatom. The point of attachment for heteroaryl groups can be any atom in the ring system, including (as appropriate) a heteroatom (such as a nitrogen atom), or an atom in any fused carbocyclic ring that may be present as part of the ring system. Heteroaryl groups may also be in N- or S-oxidized form. The heteroaryl groups described herein may be specifically referred to as monocyclic or bicyclic. If the heteroaryl groups are polycyclic in which a non-aromatic ring is present, then such non-aromatic ring may be substituted with one or more =0 groups. The most preferred heteroaryl groups that may be mentioned herein are 5- or 6-membered aromatic groups containing 1, 2, or 3 heteroatoms (for example, preferably selected from nitrogen, oxygen, and sulfur). It may be specifically stated that the heteroaryl group is monocyclic or bicyclic. Where heteroaryl is indicated as bicyclic, it may consist of a five-, six-, or seven-membered monocyclic ring (e.g., a monocyclic heteroaryl ring) fused to another five-, six-, or seven-membered ring (e.g., a monocyclic aryl or heteroaryl ring). Heteroatoms that may be noted include phosphorus, silicon, boron, and preferably oxygen, nitrogen, and sulfur. Where "aromatic" groups are referred to herein, they may be aryl or heteroaryl. Where "aromatic linker groups" are referred to herein, they may be aryl or heteroaryl as defined herein, and are preferably monocyclic (but may be polycyclic) and attached to the rest of the molecule via any possible atom of that linker group. However, if carbocyclic aromatic linker groups are specifically mentioned, then such aromatic groups may not contain a heteroatom, i.e. they can be aryl (rather than heteroaryl). To avoid ambiguity of interpretation, if in this the document states that the group may be substituted with one or more substituents (for example, selected from C1_ 6 alkyl), then these substituents (for example, alkyl groups) are independent of each other. In other words, such groups can be substituted by the same substituent (for example, the same alkyl substituent) or different (for example, alkyl) substituents. deputies. All individual features (e.g., preferred features) given herein may be read alone or in combination with any other feature (including preferred feature) given herein (therefore, preferred features may be read in combination with other preferred properties or independent of them). The person skilled in the art will understand that the compounds of the present invention, which are the subject of the present invention, include those that are stable. That is, the compounds of the present invention include those that are stable enough to withstand isolation, for example, from a reaction mixture with a suitable degree of purity. As stated above, in a main embodiment of the present invention, the compounds of the present invention are those in which: L 1 is a linker group -C(R a ) (R b )-; and X 1 is an optional carbocyclic aromatic linker group; and a compound of formula (IA) is a compound of formula (I). Preferred compounds or other aspects or embodiments described above may refer to such a main embodiment of the present invention (in such a case, the inconsistent definitions of L 1 or X 1 redundant), and such definitions of L 1 and / or X 1 may be taken in combination with one or more other features or aspects (eg, those described herein below, such as some of the preferred aspects described). Preferred compounds of the present invention include those wherein: if X а represents C(R c ) then it is preferably CH; X а is CH or N; R e preferably represents hydrogen; R c and R d independently (and preferably) are H; L 1 preferably is a linker group defined as -C(R a ) (R b )- (for the main embodiment of the present invention, this linker group is indispensable); X 1 may not be present, but preferably is yourself aromatic linker group (for the main variant implementation of the present invention, this linker group, if present, must be a carbocyclic aromatic linker group); X е (which is attached to X а ) or absent, or, if X а is CH, then X е may also be -O-; X d or absent, or if nl is 2, or if X е absent, X а represents C(R c ) , and nl equals 1, then X d may also be -O-; X е and X f independently or absent, or may independently represent -O-, provided that the above oxygen atom is not directly attached to an a-atom or to another heteroatom; if X е and / or X d are -O-, -NH- or -S-, it is understood that such heteroatoms cannot be directly attached to an a-atom or to another heteroatom. More preferred compounds of the present invention include those wherein: R 1 is hydrogen; R a and R b are independently hydrogen; L 1 represents -CH 2 -; if X 1 represents an aromatic linker group (any atom of the ring system can serve as the point of attachment), this aromatic group can be carbocyclic or heterocyclic, in which case, forming, for example, phenyl, a 5- or 6-membered monocyclic heteroaryl group or a bicyclic aromatic group (such as an 8- or 10-membered aromatic group that consists of two separate rings fused to each other, with each ring in the group being 5- or 6-membered, in which case forming 6,6-,5 ,6- or 5,5-fused bicyclic ring), thus including groups such as phenyl, naphthyl (including fully aromatic naphthyl and 1,2,3,4-tetrahydronaphthyl) and the like, forming, in such a case, for example, in particular: -phenylene- (especially 1,4-phenylene), e.g. - naphthylene, for example -quinolylene (such as 2-quinolylene), for example Such linker groups, which may represent X 1 (e.g. phenylene) may be optionally substituted (e.g. with one or more substituents selected from fluorine, CH 3 , CF 3 , -OSN 3 and -OCF 3 ) . In an embodiment, such linker groups as X may represent 1 , are unsubstituted. In an embodiment (for example, the main embodiment mentioned above) of the present invention, the following applies: X 1 is an optional carbocyclic aromatic linker group, i.e. it may or may not be present; if X 1 present, it is a carbocyclic aromatic linker group, e.g. a phenyl group, or a bicyclic (carbocyclic) aromatic linker group (in which at least one of the bicycle rings is aromatic), for example, such that the bicycle consists of two separate rings fused with each other, each of the rings being 5- or 6-membered, forming, in such a case, a 6,6-, 5,6-, or 5,5-fused bicyclic ring), thus including groups such as phenyl, naphthyl (including fully aromatic naphthyl and 1,2,3,4-tetrahydronaphthyl) and the like, forming, in this case, for example, in particular: -phenylene- (especially 1,4-phenylene), e.g. In an aspect of the present invention, X 1 i.e., an aromatic linker group (in an embodiment, a carbocyclic aromatic linker group such as defined above). Spirocyclic fragment, i.e. containing X а them ь the united ring can be represented as follows: Other spirocyclic moieties that may be noted are include the following: Thus, it may be preferable that: X а is N or C(R c ) (for example, CH); X ь represents N, O, C(R c ) (eg CH) or C=0; at least one of X а them ь is N and the other is C(R c ) , N or (in the case of X ь ) O; preferably X а them ь do not represent C (R c ) simultaneously; X е absent or is -O-; X d missing; X е missing; X f missing; X g , X h , X 1 and X j are independently absent; nl is 0, 1 or 2; n2 is 1 or 2; pZ equals 1 or 2; n4 is 1 or 2; L 2 may be hydrogen, halogen (e.g. fluorine), -0R f or an aromatic group (optionally substituted with one or two (for example, one) substituents selected from -0C1_ 6 alkyl (which is itself optionally substituted with one or more fluorine atoms) or -SF 5 or, alternatively, halogen, such as fluorine); more specifically L 2 may be hydrogen, halogen (e.g. fluorine), -OH, phenyl (optionally substituted -OCF 3 , SF 5 and / or, alternatively, -OSH 3 or fluorine; in a further embodiment, other substituents that may be specified include -SCF 3 ), pyridyl (e.g. 3-pyridyl which is preferably unsubstituted or alternatively 2- or 4-pyridyl which is also preferably unsubstituted), triazolyl or thiazolyl; Alternatively, other L 2 groups that can be noted include -0R f , for example, where R f represents C 2 _ б alkyl (e.g. methyl, -CH 3 ) or an aryl group (e.g. phenyl) optionally substituted with Cf-zalkyl (which is itself optionally substituted with one or more fluorine atoms, in which case, for example, a -CF 3 ) , or L 2 may be -C(O)-R g , where R gis hydrogen or Ci-zalkyl (e.g. methyl; optionally substituted with fluorine, in which case, for example, the group -CF 3 ) or phenyl (preferably unsubstituted); so L 2 may also be -C(O)H, -C(O)CH 3 , -C(O)CF 3 , -C(O)-phenyl, -OCH 3 or -O-phenyl, i.e. phenoxy, the latter group being substituted by -CF 3 (or L 2 and R d can be linked together to form a cyclic group). In a further embodiment, yet another L groups 2 , which can be additionally noted (for example, if attached to nitrogen, if X ь represents N), include -S (O) 2 -С1_ 6 alkyl groups optionally substituted with one or more fluorine atoms (for example, forming -S(O) 2 CF 3 ). In a further embodiment, X ь may also be S, S(O) or in a preferred embodiment S(0) 2 - It is also preferred that: q 1 represents -CH 2 -, -CH 2 -CH 2 -, -O-CH 2 - or T. i.e. in the last case nl=0, X е missing, and X d missing); q 2 represents -SN 2 - or -CH 2 -CH 2 -; q 3 represents -SN 2 - or -CH 2 -CH 2 -; q 4 represents -SN 2 - or - CH 2 —CH 2 —. Preferably the compounds of the present invention contain: ring A, which is an aromatic ring containing at least one to three (eg one or two) heteroatoms, preferably contains at least one nitrogen atom; Ring B is more preferably also aromatic ring (e.g. 5- or especially 6-membered aromatic ring) preferably containing at least at least one nitrogen atom. Preferably, ring A of the compounds of the present invention looks like this: Sub Other preferred ring A moieties include following: Monocyclic heteroaryl groups which may be noted include 5- or 6-membered rings containing one to four heteroatoms (preferably selected from nitrogen, oxygen and sulfur). Preferably, the B ring of the compounds of the present invention is as follows: (or big number of relevant deputy deputies in the presence of possibilities) at the carbon atom or in the presence of capabilities at heteroatom for example, at NH thus replacing N. Other preferred fragments rings include following: Preferred substituents (if present; for example, such optional substituents may be absent, or there can be one substituent) at ring B they include CD_zalkyl (for example, methyl) or halogen (for example, bromine or more preferably chlorine). Other preferred ring B substituents include -OSD-ealkyl (e.g. -OSD_zalkyl such as -OCH 3 ) . Preferred substituents (if present; preferably one or two substituents may be present) on ring A include CD_zalkyl (eg, methyl or ethyl). If L 2 is an aromatic group (eg phenyl or pyridyl) and such groups are substituted, preferred substituents include halogen and especially -OSD_zalkyl (eg -O-methyl), the latter being substituted with fluorine, forming, in this case, for example, the group -OCF 3 . United ring systems ring A and ring B may be presented in the following way: SUB Sub Sub substituents on the bicycle several possible e. at the ring A and / or at the ring and "Sub represents a possible optional substituent at the N atom of the bicycle (unsubstituted in this context will mean "NH"). Other combined systems of ring A and ring B, which noteworthy include the following: Combined ring A and ring B systems that can be noted when ring A is attached to the amido moiety via the "central" atom of the 5-membered ring A include the following: The following compounds of formula (IA) are preferred: where integers are defined above in this document, and where preferably : nl, n2, n3 and n4 are independently equal to 1; at least one of X а them ь is N and the other is CH or N. Certain compounds of the present invention are provided (eg, supra herein) for use in the treatment of tuberculosis. Certain of the compounds identified herein may also be essentially new. And certain of the compounds referred to herein may be new as drugs / pharmaceuticals (or new as a component of a pharmaceutical composition / formulation). Thus, in additional aspects of the present invention, the following compounds are contemplated per se, or the following compounds for use as pharmaceuticals / drugs (in the latter case, such compounds may be components of a pharmaceutical composition / formulation): (I) compounds of formula (TB) shown below: where integers are defined above in this document, and where preferred: nl, n2, n3 and n4 are independently equal to 1; at least one of X а them ь is N and the other is CH or N; (II) compounds of formula (IA) as defined herein above and in which: L 1 represents -CH 2 -; X 1 missing; at least one of X а them ь is N and the other is C(R c ) , N or (in the case of Х ь ) O; containing X а them ь the spirocycle of the 3-6-membered ring is attached to the 4-6-membered ring; in one aspect L 2 is an aromatic group (as defined herein) optionally substituted as defined herein and / or in another aspect L 2 represents -0R f , where R f is an aryl group (as defined herein) optionally substituted as defined herein; if L 2 represents an (optionally substituted) aromatic group, it may be a phenyl or a 5- or 6-membered heterocyclic group (for example, containing at least one nitrogen atom, forming, in this case, a pyridyl, thiazolyl or triazolyl ring; in the main embodiment implementation of the heterocyclic group is pyridyl), where optional substituents are defined in this document; optional substituents on aromatic groups L 2 selected from halogen, C1_ 6 alkyl, -CF 3 , -0С1_ 6 alkyl and -OCF 3 ; if R f is an aryl group, it is preferably phenyl optionally substituted with C1_ 3 alkyl which itself is optionally substituted with fluoro); ring A and ring B together are an 8- or 9-membered bicyclic ring (ring A is a 5-membered ring and ring B may be a 5- or 6-membered ring, both rings being preferably aromatic) containing at least at least one nitrogen atom (and in the main embodiment, at least one nitrogen atom that is common to both rings); optional substituents on ring A and ring B are halogen, C1_ 3 alkyl and -0C1_ 3 alkyl; (III) compounds of formula (IA) as defined above, and in which: L 1 represents -CH 2 -; X 1is a carbocyclic aromatic a linker group; if X 1 is a carbocyclic linker group, it is a phenylene (for example, 1,4-phenylene), for example: at least one of X а them ь is N and the other is C(R c ) , N or (in the case of Х ь ) O; containing X а them ь a spirocycle of a 3-6-membered ring attached to a 4-6-membered ring; in one aspect L 2 is an aromatic group (as defined herein) optionally substituted as defined herein and / or in another aspect L 2 represents -0R f , where R f is an aryl group (as defined herein) optionally substituted as defined herein; if L 2 represents an (optionally substituted) aromatic group, it may be a phenyl or a 5- or 6-membered heterocyclic group (for example, containing at least one nitrogen atom, forming, in this case, a pyridyl, thiazolyl or triazolyl ring; in the main embodiment implementation of the heterocyclic group is pyridyl), where optional substituents are defined in this document; optional substituents on aromatic groups L 2 selected from halogen, C1_ 6 alkyl, -CF 3 , -0С1_ 6 alkyl and -OCF 3 ; if R f is an aryl group, it is preferably phenyl optionally substituted with C1_ 3 alkyl which itself is optionally substituted with fluoro); ring A and ring B together represent an 8- or 9-membered bicyclic ring (ring A is a 5-membered ring and ring B may be a 5- or 6-membered ring, both rings being preferably aromatic) containing at least one nitrogen atom (and in in the main embodiment, at least one nitrogen atom that is common to both rings); optional substituents on ring A and ring B are halogen, C1_ 3 alkyl and -0С1_ 3 alkyl; (IV) Compounds as defined above in this document (for example, in (I), (II) or (III) above), and in which additionally: q 1 represents -CH 2 -, -CH 2 -CH 2 -, -O-CH 2 - or (i.e. in the latter case nl=0, X е missing, and X d missing); q 2 represents -CH 2 - or -CH 2 -CH 2 -; q 3 represents -CH 2 - or -CH 2 -CH 2 -; q 4 represents -CH 2 - or -CH 2 -CH 2 -; (V) Compounds defined above in this document (for example, in (I), (II), (III) or (IV) above), and in which additionally containing X а them ь rings are defined above in this document, or more specifically are as follows: (or any of the above representations); and / or (VI) Compounds as defined above in this document (for example, in (I), (II), (III), (IV) or (V) above), and in which additional bicycles from ring A and ring B are defined above in this document, or more specifically are as follows: SUB- SUB- N' SUB- (or any of the above representations). PHARMACOLOGY Surprisingly, the compounds of the present invention have been shown to be useful in the treatment of bacterial infection, including mycobacterial infection, in particular diseases caused by pathogenic mycobacteria such as Mycobacterium tuberculosis (including its latent and drug-resistant form). Thus, the present invention also relates to compounds of the present invention as defined above in herein, for use as a drug, in particular for use as a drug for the treatment of bacterial infection, including mycobacterial infection. Such compounds of the present invention may act to interfere with the work of ATP synthase in M. tuberculosis by inhibiting the activity of cytochrome bCi as the main mechanism of action. Cytochrome bCi is an essential component of the electron transport chain required for ATP synthesis. In addition, the present invention also relates to the use of the compound of the present invention, as well as any of the pharmaceutical compositions based on it, described herein below, for the manufacture of a drug for the treatment of bacterial infection, including mycobacterial infection. Accordingly, in another aspect, the present invention provides a method of treating a patient suffering from or at risk of developing a bacterial infection, including a mycobacterial infection, which comprises administering to the patient a therapeutically effective amount of a compound or pharmaceutical composition according to the present invention. The compounds of the present invention also show activity against resistant bacterial strains. In all cases, when used above or below in this document, if it is said that the compounds can treat a bacterial infection, this means that the compounds can treat an infection caused by one or more bacterial strains. The present invention also relates to a composition containing a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier and, as an active ingredient, a therapeutically effective amount of a compound according to the present invention. The compounds of the present invention may be formulated into various pharmaceutical forms for administration purposes. As suitable compositions, all compositions commonly used for systemically administered drugs can be mentioned. To prepare the pharmaceutical compositions of the present invention, an effective amount of a particular compound, optionally in the form of an addition salt, as an active ingredient is combined in a homogeneous mixture with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, the carrier may take a wide variety of forms depending on the form of preparation required for administration. These pharmaceutical compositions are desirably in unit dose form, suitable in particular for oral or parenteral administration. For example, when preparing compositions in oral dosage form, any of the conventional pharmaceutical media can be used, such as, for example, water, glycols, oils, alcohols, and the like in the case of oral liquid preparations such as suspensions, syrups, tinctures, emulsions, and solutions; or solid carriers such as starches, sugars, kaolin, diluents, lubricants, binders, disintegrants and the like in the case of powders, pills, capsules and tablets. Because of their ease of administration, tablets and capsules are the most preferred oral unit dosage forms and, in such a case, solid pharmaceutical carriers. In the case of compositions for parenteral administration, the carrier will generally at least substantially comprise sterile water, although other ingredients may be included, for example to aid solubility. For example, injectable solutions can be prepared in which the carrier is saline solution, glucose solution, or a mixture of saline and glucose solution. Injectable suspensions may also be prepared, in which case appropriate liquid carriers, suspending agents, and the like may be used. Also included are solid form preparations which are intended to be converted shortly before use to liquid form preparations. Depending on the mode of administration, the pharmaceutical composition will preferably contain from 0.05 to 99% by weight, more preferably from 0.1 to 70% by weight, even more preferably from 0.1 to 50% by weight of the active ingredient(s), and from 1 to 99.95% by weight, more preferably from 30 to 99.9% by weight, even more preferably from 50 to 99.9% by weight of a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, all percentages based on the total weight of the composition. The pharmaceutical composition may further contain a variety of other ingredients known in the art, such as a lubricant, stabilizing agent, buffering agent, emulsifier, viscosity regulator, surfactant, preservative, flavoring agent or coloring agent. Especially preferred is the formulation of the above pharmaceutical compositions in the form of a single dosage form for ease of administration and dosage uniformity. The unit dosage form used herein refers to physically discrete units suitable as unit doses, with each unit contains a preset amount of active ingredient, calculated therapeutic effect, pharmaceutical carrier. to get the required combined with the required Examples such single dosage forms are tablets (including divisible or coated tablets), capsules, pills, powder sachets, strips, suppositories, injectable solutions or suspensions, and the like, as well as their separate sets. The daily dose of a compound of the present invention will, of course, vary depending on the compound used, the route of administration, the treatment required, and the specified mycobacterial disease. However, in general, satisfactory results will be obtained when the compound of the present invention is administered at a daily dose not exceeding 1 gram, for example in the range of 10 to 50 mg / kg of body weight. Given the fact that the compounds of formula (1a) or formula (1b) are active against bacterial infections, the compounds of the present invention can be combined with other antibacterial agents in order to effectively control bacterial infections. Therefore, the present invention also relates to the combination of (a) a compound of the present invention and (b) one or more other antibacterial agents. The present invention also relates to a combination of (a) a compound of the present invention and (b) one or more other antibacterial agents for use as a drug. The present invention also relates to the use of a combination or pharmaceutical composition as defined immediately above for the treatment of a bacterial infection. A pharmaceutical composition containing a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier and, as an active ingredient, a therapeutically effective amount of (a) a compound according to the present invention and (b) one or more other antibacterial agents is also included in the present invention. The weight ratio of (a) the compound of the present invention and (b) other antibacterial agent(s) administered as a combination can be determined by a person skilled in the art. The specified ratio and exact dosage and the frequency of administration depends on the particular compound of the present invention and other antibacterial agent(s) used, the particular condition being treated, the severity of the condition being treated, the age, weight, sex, diet, time of administration, and general physical condition of the particular patient , mode of administration, as well as other drugs that the individual may take, as is well known to a person skilled in the art. Moreover, it is obvious that the effective daily amount can be reduced or increased depending on the response of the subject being treated, and / or depending on the judgment of the attending physician prescribing the compounds of the present invention. The specific weight ratio of the compound of the present invention and the other antibacterial agent may range from 1 / 10 to 10 / 1, more specifically 1 / 5 to 5 / 1, even more specifically 1 / 3 to 3 / 1. The compounds of the present invention and one or more other antibacterial agents may be combined in a single formulation, or they may be formulated in separate formulations so that they can be administered simultaneously, separately or sequentially. Thus, the present invention also relates to a product containing (a) a compound of the present invention and (b) one or more other antibacterial agents, as a combination preparation. for at simultaneous, separate or sequential application treatment of bacterial infection. Other antibacterial funds which can combine connections on the present invention are, for example, antibacterial agents known in this field of technology. For example, connections for real of the invention can be combined with antibacterial agents which, how impede respiratory chains Mycobacterium tuberculosis including for example, straight ATP synthase inhibitors (such as bedaquiline bedaquiline fumarate or any other connections which could be disclosed in prior art, such as compounds disclosed in W02004 / 011436), ndh2 inhibitors (eg clofazimine) and cytochrome bd inhibitors. Additional mycobacterial agents that can be combined with the compounds of the present invention are, for example, rifampicin (=rifampin); isoniazid; pyrazinamide; amikacin; ethionamide; ethambutol; streptomycin; para-aminosalicylic acid; cycloserine; capreomycin; kanamycin; thioacetazone; RA-824; delamanid; quinolones / fluoroquinolones such as, for example, moxifloxacin, gatifloxacin, ofloxacin, ciprofloxacin, sparfloxacin; macrolides such as, for example, clarithromycin, amoxicillin with clavulanic acid; rifamycins; rifabutin; rifapentine; as well as others that are currently under development (but may not yet be available on the market; see, for example, http: / / www.newtbdrugs.org / pipeline.php ) . GENERAL RECEIVING The compounds of the present invention may generally be prepared by a series of steps, each of which may be known to one of ordinary skill in the art or described in this document. EXPERIMENTAL PART Compounds of formula I can be prepared according to the methods used in the examples below those ways known to those skilled in the art) for example, by applying the following techniques. Compounds of formula (I) or (IA), in is N, can be obtained by: connection reaction which X ь represents formula (II) R 1 X а -q 4 I b q—X where integers are defined in this document a compound of formula (III), LG 1 -L 2 (III), where L 2 defined above in this document (for example, if L 2 is not hydrogen, halogen, or not bonded to O or S), and LG 1 is a suitable leaving group such as a chlorine, bromine, iodine or sulfonate group, and the reaction may require certain conditions (e.g. reaction conditions nucleophilic aromatic substitution such as those described herein); (ii) reacting a compound of formula (IV) (IV) where the integers are as defined above, or a suitable derivative thereof, such as a carboxylic acid ester derivative, with a compound of formula (V), R 1 where the integers are defined above, under amide coupling reaction conditions, e.g. in the presence of a suitable coupling reagent (e.g. 1,1'-carbonyldiimidazole, N,N'-dicyclohexylcarbodiimide, 1-(3-dimethylaminopropyl)-3-ethylcarbodiimide (or its hydrochloride ) or N,N'-disuccinimidyl carbonate), optionally in the presence of a suitable base (e.g. sodium hydride, bicarbonate sodium carbonate potassium pyridine triethylamine dimethylaminopyridine, diisopropylamine, sodium hydroxide, tert- potassium butoxide and / or lithium diisopropylamide (or variants thereof) suitable solvent (for example tetrahydrofuran pyridine, toluene dichloromethane chloroform, acetonitrile, dimethylformamide trifluoromethylbenzene, dioxane or triethylamine); in alternatives carboxylic group acid compounds formula (IV) can be converted by standard conditions to the corresponding acid chloride (for example, in presence of POCI3, PCI5 SOC1 2 or oxalyl chloride) at this the acid chloride is then reacted with a compound of formula (V) for example, under conditions similar to those mentioned; combinations of a compound of formula (VI) where integers are defined and LG 2 represents yourself a suitable leaving group such as an iodine, bromine, chlorine or sulfonate group (for example, the type of group that can use for combinations), with a compound of formula (VI) q a 1 ----q q 3q (VII) L 2 where integers are defined above, under standard conditions, for example, optionally in the presence of a suitable metal catalyst (or salt thereof) or complex), such as Pd(dba)2 Pd(OAc)2 Xi C (OAc)2 Cui N1C12 or the like optional additive such as Ph 3 P X-phos or the like like, in the presence of a suitable base (e.g. t-BuONa or the like) in a suitable solvent (eg dioxane or the like) under reaction conditions known to those skilled in the art; (iv) combinations of a compound of formula (VIII), (VIII) represents in relation to LG 2 (and bromine or iodine), with where integers are defined above and LG 3 a suitable leaving group as described above may in particular be chlorine, a compound of formula (IX), LG 4 -L 2 (IX) where L 2 defined above (for example, if L 2 is not hydrogen, halogen, or not bonded to O or S), and LG 4 is a suitable group such as -B(OH) 2 , -B(OR WX ) 2 or -SN(R wx ) h, where each R wx independently represents C 2 _ 6 an alkyl group, or, in the case of -B(OR WX ) 2 , corresponding to the groups R wx can be linked together to form a 4-6 membered cyclic group, thereby forming, for example, a pinacolate boronate ester group (or LG 4 may be iodine, bromine or chlorine, provided that LG 3 and LG 4 compatible with each other), and wherein the reaction can be carried out in the presence of a suitable catalytic system, for example, a metal (or its salt or complex), such as Rd, Cui, Pd / C, PdCl 2 , Pd(OAc) 2 , Pd (Ph 3 P) 2 C1 2 , Pd(Ph 3 P) 4 , Pd 2 (dba) 3 and / or NiCl 2 (or the like) and a ligand such as PdCl 2 (dppf).DCM, t-Bu 3 P, (СбНц) 3 P, Ph 3 P or the like, in a suitable solvent and under reaction conditions known to those skilled in the art. Obviously, in the previous and subsequent reactions, the reaction products can be isolated from the reaction medium and the need to subject to additional purification in accordance with methods that are generally known in the prior art, such as extraction, crystallization and chromatography. In addition, it is obvious that the reaction products that exist in more than one enantiomeric form can be isolated from their mixture by known methods, in particular preparative chromatography, such as preparative HPLC, chiral chromatography. Individual diastereoisomers or individual enantiomers can also be obtained using supercritical fluid chromatography (SFC). Starting materials and intermediates are compounds that are either commercially available or can be prepared according to standard reaction procedures well known in the art. Synthesis of compound 1 Cj' В0С NC W<W . Me3S0U - Bu0K : 0 LiHMDS. THF, -70°C DMSO A CAS[79099-07-3] Obtaining Intermediate A LiHMDS (50 ml, 1 M in THF) was added to a mixture of N-tert-butoxycarbonyl-4-piperidone (CAS [79099-07-3], 8.86 g, 50.0 mmol) in THF (180 ml) at - 7 0°C in flow N 2 . The mixture was stirred for 10 minutes. Diethylcyanomethylphosphonate (9 g, 45.2 mmol) was added to the mixture at -70°C. The mixture was stirred for 1 hour. The mixture was quenched with a solution of NH 4 C1, extracted with ethyl acetate, washed with brine, dried over MgSO 4 and filtered. The filtrate was concentrated to give A, 10.0 g, 90.0%. Preparation of Intermediate B Slowly added Me 3 SOI (10.9 g, 49.5 mmol) to a solution of t-BuOK (5.55 g, 49.5 mmol) in DMSO (60 ml). The mixture was stirred for 1.5 hours. A solution of base A (10.0 g, 45.0 mmol) in DMSO (80 ml) was added to the mixture. The mixture was stirred for 24 hours at 45°C. Saturated NH solution 4 C1 was added to the mixture and stirred for 0.5 hour. The mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate. Organic layers were washed with brine, dried over MgSO 4 and filtered. The filtrate was concentrated to give B, 10.0 g, 93%. Obtaining intermediate compound C To a solution of base B (460 mg, 1.95 mmol) in MeOH (10 ml) was added 2 *6 N 2 O (463 mg, 1.95 mmol). The mixture was stirred at -10°C for 10 minutes. NaBH was added to the mixture 4 (368 mg, 9.74 mmol). The mixture was then stirred for another 1 hour. A 1M aqueous solution of HCl was added and the solid dissolved. The basicity of the aqueous phase was increased with an aqueous solution of NH 3 »H 2 O to pH=9 and extracted with ethyl acetate. The combined organic layers were dried over Na 2 SO 4 and concentrated under vacuum. The residue was triturated with a solution of oxalic acid in ethyl acetate and filtered to give a white solid. Raise the basicity of the solid 1N. aqueous NaOH solution and extracted with dichloromethane. The combined organic layers were dried over Na 2 SO 4 and concentrated in vacuo to give C, 120 mg, 26%. Preparation of Intermediate D Added HOBt (55.1 mg, 0.408 mmol), 6-chloro-2-ethylimidazo[3,2-a]pyridine-3-carboxylic acid (CAS [1216142-18-5], 91.7 mg, 0.408 mmol) , DIEA (105 mg, 0.816 mmol) and EDCI*HC1 (117 mg, 0.612 mmol) in a C-based stirred solution (100 mg, 0.416 mmol) in DMF (10 ml). The mixture was stirred and heated at 60°C for 16 hours. The mixture was concentrated. The residue was dissolved in ethyl acetate. The organic layer was washed with H 2 0, dried over MgSC>4 and filtered. The filtrate was concentrated to give D, 100 mg, 51%. Preparation of Intermediate E TEA (5 ml) was added to the D-based mixture (90 mg, 0.201 mmol) in CH 2 C1 2 (5 ml) at 0°C. The mixture was stirred for 5 hours at room temperature. The mixture was concentrated under vacuum. The residue was dissolved in CH 2 C1 2 and adjusted the pH of the mixture to 7 with NaHCO 2 . The organic layer was separated and concentrated. The crude product was purified by silica gel column chromatography (eluent: ethyl acetate / petroleum ether 0 to 1). Product fractions were collected and concentrated to give E, 70 mg, 90%. Get connection 1 E-based solution (20 mg, 0.058 mmol), 1-iodine-4- (trifluoromethoxy)benzene (CAS [103962-05-6], 16.7 mg, 0.058 mmol), Pd(dba) 2 (3.34 mg, 0.006 mmol), X-phos (4.57 mg, 0.009 mmol) and t-BuONa (22.3 mg, 0.232 mmol) in 1,4-dioxane (5 ml) were heated by microwave at 110 °C for 1 hour in N atmosphere 2 . The mixture was concentrated under vacuum. The residue was purified by Gemini high performance liquid chromatography (eluent: NH solution 3 in water / acetonitrile from 30 / 70 to 70 / 30). The desired fractions were collected and concentrated to give Compound 1, 19.3 mg, 64%. г H NMR (400 MHz, CDC1 3 ) 5 ppm 9.47 (s, 1 H) 7.54 (d, J=9.29 Hz, 1 H) 7.30 (dd, J=9.41, 1.83 Hz, 1 H) 7, 10 (d, J=8, 80 Hz, 2 n) 6.91 (d, J= 9.05 Hz, 2 H) 5.87 (br. s. . 1 H) 3.51-3.60 (m, 2 n) 3.30-3.42 (m, 2 H) 3.08 - 3.17(m, 2H) 3.02(q, J=7.58Hz, 2n) 1.86-1.94(m, 1H) 1.73-1.82(m, 1H) 1.64-1.69 (m, 1H) 1.43 (t, J=7.58Hz, 3H) 1.36 (d, J=13.45Hz, 1H) 1.01-1 .10 (m, 1H) 0.70(dd, J=8.44, 4.77Hz, 1H) 0.38(t, J=4.89Hz, 1H) CAS[126747-14-6] 1rans-2-aminocyclohexanol, NallMDS, Nib, i-PrOH, F UNSD c.t., 12 noon 60'asvh, i h., Intermediate 90°C, microwave, 1 hour, compound R 120°С, microwave, 4 h. X-phos, Pd(dba) 2 ,t-BuONa, Dioxane, 100°С, microwave, 1 h. I CAS[1216142-18-5] HATU.DIEA, CH 2 C1 2 , 25 S. 2 hours Ni Reney, Ng (15psi) ZhvMeON, k.t., 16 hours Compound 2 Preparation of Intermediate F A mixture of intermediate R (364 mg, 2.47 mmol), trans-2-aminocyclohexanol (28.5 mg, 0.248 mmol) and nickel iodide (38.7 mg, 0.124 mmol) in 1-PrOH (4 mL) was stirred at 25°C for 30 minutes under nitrogen flow. NaHMDS (2.48 ml, 1 M in THF) was added and the mixture was stirred for 10 minutes under nitrogen flow. A solution of 4-cyanophenylboronic acid (CAS [12 6747-14-6], 400 mg, 1.24 mmol) in 1-PrOH (4 ml) was added and the mixture stirred at 60°C while heating with microwave radiation in for 1 hour, at 90°C for 1 hour and at 120°C for 4 hours. The mixture was diluted with dichloromethane (50 ml), washed with water (2x50 ml) and brine (20 ml). The organic layer was dried over sodium sulfate, filtered and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (eluent: petroleum ether / ethyl acetate 5 / 1) to give intermediate F (300 mg, yield: 37%). Preparation of Intermediate G A mixture of intermediate F (300 mg, 1.01 mmol) in formic acid (5 ml) was stirred at room temperature for 12 hours. The mixture was concentrated and CH 2 C12 (30 ml) . The mixture was washed with NaxCO3 solution (20 ml). The organic layer was separated, dried over NagSO4 and filtered. The filtrate was concentrated to give intermediate G (150 mg, yield: 64%). Preparation of intermediate H A solution of Intermediate G (100 mg, 0.504 mmol), 1-iodo-4-(trifluoromethoxy)benzene (CAS [103962-05-6], 145 mg, 0.504 mmol), X-phos (28.8 mg, 0.504 mmol), 06 mmol), Pd(dba)2 (17.4 mg, 0.03 mmol) and t-BuONa (194 mg, 2.02 mmol) in dioxane (4 ml) heated by microwave radiation at 100°C for 1 hour in an atmosphere of N 2 . The mixture was concentrated. The crude product was purified by silica gel column chromatography (eluent: 0 to 1 / 1 ethyl acetate / petroleum ether). The necessary fractions were collected and concentrated to give intermediate H (100 mg, yield: 55%). Preparation of Intermediate I A mixture of intermediate H (70.0 mg, 0.195 mmol) in NH 3 »MeOH (7 M in methanol, 20 ml) was hydrogenated (15 psi) with Raney nickel (7 mg) as a catalyst at 25° C. for 16 hours. After absorbing H 2 the catalyst was filtered off and the filtrate was concentrated to give intermediate I (50.0 mg, yield: 71%). Get connection 2 6-Chloro-2-ethylimidazo[3,2-a]pyridine-3-carboxylic acid solution (CAS [1216142-18-5], 22.5 mg, 0.100 mmol), HATU (49.4 mg, 0.130 mmol) , DIEA (33.6 mg, 0.260 mmol) in CH2CI2 (20 ml) was stirred for 30 minutes at 25°C. Intermediate I (40.0 mg, 0.110 mmol) was added to the mixture and the mixture was stirred for 2 hours at 25°C. The mixture was concentrated under vacuum. The crude product was purified by Gemini high performance liquid chromatography (eluent: 0.05% ammonia in water / methanol 20 / 80 to 5 / 95) . The desired fractions were collected and concentrated to give compound 2 (9.80 mg, yield: 17%). 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDC1 3 ) 5=ppsh 9.54 (s, 1 H) 7.55 (d, J=9.26 Hz, 1 H) 7.27-7.37 (t, 3 H) 7.22 (d, J= 7.94 Hz, 2 N) 7.00-7.10 (t, 2 N) 6.40 (d, J=8.82 Hz, 2 N) 6.11 (br. s., 1 N) 4 .68 (d, J=5.73 Hz, 2 N) 4.01 (s, 2 N) 3.80 (s, 2 N) 3.48 (q, J=8.93 Hz, 1 N) 2 .98 (q, J=7.50 Hz, 2 N) 2.59-2.71 (t, 2 N) 2.35 (td, J=9, 70, 2, 65Hz, 2N) 1.36-1.47 (t, 3N) Synthesis of compound 3 Oh Oh CAS 3002-24-2 NaOH EtOH / HjO, k.t. during the night Compound 3 Preparation of Intermediate J NBS (45.1 g, 254 mmol) and NH 4 OAc (5.33 g, 69.2 mmol) into a solution of methyl 3-oxovalerate (CAS[30414-53-0], 30 g, 231 mmol) in methyl tert-butyl ether (600 ml) . The mixture was stirred at room temperature for 48 hours. The mixture was filtered and washed with H 2 Oh dried over Na 2 SO 4 and filtered. The filtrate was concentrated under vacuum. The residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (eluent: petroleum ether / ethyl acetate 20 / 1) to give intermediate J (20.0 g, yield: 35%). Obtaining intermediate compound K 5-chloro-2-pyridinamine solution (CAS [5428-89-7], 12.0 g 93.0 mmol) and intermediate J (25.0 g, 112 mmol) in ethanol (60 ml) were heated under reflux overnight. The mixture was concentrated under vacuum. The residue was dissolved in ethyl acetate (100 ml). The solution was washed with water (2x100 ml), brine (100 ml), dried over sodium sulfate, filtered and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (eluent: petroleum ether / ethyl acetate 3 / 1) to give intermediate K (700 mg, yield: 3%). Preparation of Intermediate L Mixture of intermediate K (700 mg, 2.10 mmol) and sodium hydroxide (252 mg, 6.30 mmol) in ethanol (2 mL) and H 2 O (2 ml) was stirred overnight at room temperature. Water (20 ml) was added and the solution was acidified with 2 M aqueous hydrochloride solution to pH ~3. The solution was lyophilized to give crude Intermediate L (2d). Get Compound 3 Accordingly, Compound 3 was prepared in the same manner as Compound 2, starting from Intermediate L and Intermediate I, to give 9.60 mg, yield: 8%. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCI3) 5 ppm 9.84 (d, J=2.51 Hz, 1 H) 8.57 (d, J=2..16 Hz, 1 H) 7.30-7.35 (m, 2H) 7.22 (d, J=8.03 Hz, 2 H) 7.06 (d, J=8.03 Hz, 2 H) 6.37-6.43 (m, 2 H ) 6.14-6.20 (m, 1 H) 4.68 (d, J=5.77 Hz, 2 H) 4.01 (s, 2H) 3.80 (s, 2 H) 3.48 (q, J=8, 85Hz, 1H) 3.02 (q, J=7.53Hz, 2h: ) 2.61-2.70(m, 2H) 2.31- 2.40 (w, 2 N) 1.45 (t, J=7.53 Hz, 3 N) CAS [1216142-18-5] CAS [39959-59-6] EDCI.HC1, NOV, Et,N, DCM, 45°C, 24 hours CAS[1041026-70-3] nsoon 25°C, 12 hours CAS[103962-05-6] X-phos, Pd(dba)nt-BuONa, Dioxane, 110°C, microwave, 1 h. X-phos, Pd(dba) 2 ,t-BuONa, Dioxane, 110°С, microwave, 1 h. Compound 4 Preparation of intermediate M A solution of 6-chloro-2-ethylimidazo[3,2-a]pyridine-3-carboxylic acids (CAS [12161242-18-5], 1 g, 4.45 mmol), 4- iodobenzenemethanamide (CAS [39959-59-6], 1.09 g, 4.67 mmol), EDCI*HC1 (1.28 g, 6.68 mmol), HOBT (0.601 g, 4.45 mmol), and triethylamine ( 1.24 ml, 9 mmol) in dichloromethane (8 ml) was stirred and heated at 45°C for 24 hours. The solution was cooled to 15°C. The solid was collected by filtration, washed with water and acetonitrile and dried (vacuum, 45° C., 1 hour) to give Intermediate M, 1.2 g, 55%. Preparation of Intermediate N Solution of tert-butyl-2,6-diazaspiro[3.3]heptane-2-carboxylate (CAS [1041026-70-3], 500 mg, 2.52 mmol), 1-IOD-4- (trifluoromethoxy)benzene (CAS [103962-05-6], 726 mg, 2.52 mmol), X-phos (240 mg, 0.504 mmol), Pd(dba)2 (145 mg, 0.252 mmol) and t-BuONa (969 mg, 10.1 mmol) in dioxane (8 ml) was heated by microwave radiation at 110°C for 1 hour under N 2 . Water was added to the mixture and the mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate (50 ml x 2). The organic layers were washed with brine, dried over MgSO4 and filtered. The filtrate was concentrated. The crude product was purified by silica gel column chromatography (eluent: 0 to 1 / 5 ethyl acetate / hexane). The desired fractions were collected and concentrated to give N, 500 mg, 50%. Preparation of intermediate O A mixture based on N (100 mg, 0.279 mmol) in HCOOH (5 ml) was stirred for 12 hours. The mixture was concentrated and used for the next step without further purification. Get Compound 4 Solution of Intermediate O (72 mg, 0.279 mmol), Intermediate M (123 mg, 0.279 mmol), X-phos (26.6 mg, 0.056 mmol), Pd(dba) 2 (16.0 mg, 0.028 mmol) and t-BuONa (107 mg, 1.12 mmol) in dioxane (8 ml) were heated by microwave radiation at 110°C for 1 hour under N 2 . The mixture was concentrated. The crude product was purified by high performance liquid chromatography on Gemini (eluent: ammonia in water / acetonitrile 50 / 50 to 20 / 80). The desired fractions were collected and concentrated to give compound 4, 35.8 mg, 22%. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDC1 h) 3 ppm= 9.53 (d, J=l, 25 Hz, 1 H) 7.56 (d, J=9.79 Hz, 1 H) 7.31 (dd , J=9.54, 2.01 Hz, 1 H) 7.24 (s, 2 H) 7.08 (d, J=8, 53 Hz, 2 H) 6.49 (d, J=8, 53 Hz, 2 H) 6.42 (d, J=9.03 Hz, 2 H) 6.01 (bg. s., 1 H) 4.59 (d, J=5.27 Hz, 2H) 4 04 (s, 4 H) 4.02 (s, 4 H) 2.96 (q, J=7.36 Hz, 2 H) 1.39 (t, J=7.53 Hz, 3 N) CAS [3058-39-7] X-phos, Pdfdba^t-BuONa, Dioxane, 110°C, microwave, 1 h Raney Ni, N3 (15 psi) Ni-MeOH, k, t 16 h L - NATO, DIEA, DMF, 25°С, 2 hours Preparation of intermediate P A solution of intermediate O (100 mg, 0.387 mmol), 4-iodobenzonitrile (CAS [3058-39-7], 115 mg, 0.503 mmol), X-phos (22.0 mg, 46.2 mmol), Pd(dba )2 (13.3 mg, 23.1 mmol) and t-BuONa (149 mg, 1.55 mmol) in dioxane (5 ml) were heated by microwave radiation at 110°C for 1 hour under N 2 . The mixture was concentrated under vacuum. The crude product was purified by high performance liquid chromatography on Gemini (eluent: 0.05% ammonia in water / methanol 30 / 70 to 5 / 95). The necessary fractions were collected and concentrated to give intermediate P (60.0 mg, yield: 35%). Preparation of intermediate O Accordingly, intermediate Q was prepared in the same manner as intermediate I, starting from intermediate P to give 60.0 mg, yield: 99%. Get Compound 5 Solution of Intermediate L (28.3 mg, 0.125 mmol), HATU (61.8 mg, 0.162 mmol), DIEA (42.0 mg, 0.325 mmol) in DMF (5 ml) was stirred for 30 minutes at 25°C. Intermediate Q (50.0 mg, 0.138 mmol) was added to the mixture and the mixture was stirred for 2 hours at 25°C. The mixture was concentrated under vacuum. The crude product was purified by Gemini HPLC (eluent: 0.05% ammonia in water / methanol 25 / 75 to 5 / 95). The necessary fractions were collected and concentrated to give compound 5 (10.3 mg, yield: 14%). 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDC1 3 ) 5=ppt 9.84 (d, J=2.51 Hz, 1 H) 8.56 (d, J=2.51 Hz, 1 H) 7.25 (d, J=8.53 Hz, 2 H) 7.08 (d, J=8.78 Hz, 2H) 6.49 (d, J=8.28 Hz, 2 H) 6.43 (d, J=9.03 Hz, 2 H) 6.06 (s, 1 H) 4.59 (d, J=5.27 Hz, 2 H) 4.05 (s, 4 H) 4.03 (s, 4 H) 2.99 (q, J=7.45 Hz, 2 N) 1.43 (t, J=7.53 Hz, 3 N) Synthesis of compound 6 With AS [1529528-99-1] Compound 6 Accordingly, compound 6 was prepared in the same manner as compound 5, starting from 2-ethyl-5H,6H,7H,8H-imidazo[1,2- a] pyridine-3-carboxylic acids CAS [1529528-99-1] intermediate Q to give 153.90 mg, yield: 32%. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCI3) 5 ppm 7.21 (d, H=8.28 Hz, 2 H) 7.08 (d, J=8.03 Hz, 2 H) 6.47 (d, J=8.53 Hz, 2 H) 6.40-6.45 (m, 2 H) 5.83 (br. s. , 1 N) 4.50 (d, J=5.52 Hz, 2 N) 4.23 (t, J=5.77 Hz, 2 N) 4.04 (s, 8 N) 2.86 (t, J=6.40 Hz, 2 N) 2.68 (q, J=7.53 Hz, 2 N) 1.83-2.01 (t, 4 N) 1.23 (t, J=7.53 Hz, ZN) rr'l CAS[1399301-27-2] trans-2-aminocyclohexanol, NaHMDS, Nib, i-RYUN, 60°C, microwave, 1 hour. 90°C, microwave, 1 hour, 120°С, microwave, 5 h. imidazole, toluene reflux 1 tsp. CAS[1147557-97-8] R F F F Compound 7 Preparation of Intermediate R Triphenylphosphine (1.89 g, 7.20 mmol), imidazole (735 mg, 10.8 mmol) and iodine (1.37 g, 5.40 mmol) were added to a solution of tert-butyl-6-hydroxy-2-azaspiro [3.3 ]heptane-2-carboxylate (CAS [1147557-97-8], 768 mg, 3.60 mmol) in toluene (50 mL). The resulting mixture was heated under reflux for 1 hour. The mixture was cooled to 25°C, washed with water (100 ml) and brine (50 ml). The separated organic layer was dried, filtered and the filtrate was concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by silica gel flash column chromatography (eluent: petroleum ether / ethyl acetate 1 / 0 to 1 / 1) to give intermediate R (1.20 g, yield: 93%). Preparation of intermediate compound S A mixture of 4-(trifluoromethoxy)phenylboronic acid (CAS [139301-27-2], 510 mg, 2.48 mmol), trans-2-aminocyclohexanol (23.0 mg, 0.200 mmol) and nickel iodide (62.5 mg, 0.200 mmol) in isopropanol (4 ml) was stirred at 25°C for 30 minutes in nitrogen flow. NaHMDS (2.47 ml, 1 M in THF, 2.47 mmol) was added and the mixture was stirred for 10 minutes under nitrogen flow. Intermediate R (400 mg, 1.24 mmol) in isopropanol (1 ml) was added and the mixture was stirred at 60°C with microwave heating for 1 hour, at 90°C for 1 hour and at 120°C for 5 o'clock. The mixture was diluted with dichloromethane (50 ml), washed with water (2x50 ml) and brine (20 ml). The organic layer was dried over sodium sulfate, filtered and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (eluent: petroleum ether / ethyl acetate 5 / 1) to obtain intermediate S (230 mg, yield: 52%). Preparation of intermediate T Intermediate S (220 mg, 0.616 mmol) was added to formic acid (5 ml) at 0° C. under nitrogen. The mixture was stirred at 25°C for 5 hours. The mixture was concentrated under vacuum. The residue was dissolved in dichloromethane (20 ml). The solution was washed with saturated aqueous sodium carbonate (20 ml), brine (20 ml), dried over sodium sulfate, filtered and concentrated in vacuo to give intermediate T (150 mg, yield: 85%). Obtaining Compound 7 Solution of Intermediate T (110 mg, 0.428 mmol), Intermediate M (226 mg, 0.514 mmol), Pd(dba)2 (14.8 mg, 0.0260 mol), X-phos (20.4 mmol, 0 .0430 mmol) and sodium tert-butoxide (165 mg, 1.71 mmol) in 1,4-dioxane (5 ml) were heated by microwave radiation at 100° C. for 1 hour. in N atmosphere 2. Ethyl acetate (30 ml) was added and the mixture was washed with water (10 ml) and brine (20 ml). The organic layer was dried over sodium sulfate, filtered and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (eluent: petroleum ether / ethyl acetate 1 / 0 to 0 / 1) to give a crude compound. This was then purified by high performance liquid chromatography on a Phenomenex Gemini 018 200x25 mm x 10 µm (eluent: 0.5% ammonia in water / acetonitrile 80 / 20 to 14.5 / 85.5). The desired fractions were collected and lyophilized with getting connected г H NMR ( 4 0 OMP J=9.5Hz, 1H), 7.2( 7.18-7.12 (m, 2H), 4.58 (d, J=5, 3 Hz, J \u003d 8.9 Hz, 1H), 2.9 Z 1st 7 (84.60 mg, yield: 35%) , CDC1 3 ) 5=9.52 (d, J=l.8 (dd, J=2.0, 9.5Hz, 1H) , 6.47 (d, J=8.5 Hz, 2H) 2H), 4.02 (s, 2H) , 3.80 (q, J=7.5Hz, 2H) , 2.70-: Hz, 1H) , 7.53 (d, 7.26-7.18 (m, 4H), 5.99 (br.s., 1H) , (s, 2H) , 3.47 (q, .61 (m, 2H) , 2.38- 2.29 (m, 2H), 1.38 (t, J=7.5 Hz, 3H) Synthesis of compound 8 X-phos, Pd(dba),,t-BuONa, T Dioxane, 110°C, microwave, 1 4. Raney Ni, lb (15 psi) NHaMeOH, rt, 16 h Compound 8 Obtaining intermediate connection U Accordingly, Intermediate U was prepared in the same manner as Intermediate H, starting from Intermediate T and 4-iodobenzonitrile CAS [3058-39-7] to give 120 mg, yield: 40%. Preparation of Intermediate V Accordingly, Intermediate V was prepared in the same manner as Intermediate I, starting from Intermediate U to give 120 mg, yield: 92%. Intermediate V mixture (125 mg, 0.222 mmol) Intermediate L (80.5 mg, 0.222 mmol), HATU (110 mg, 0.289 mmol) and DIEA (74.6 mg, 0.577 mmol) in dichloromethane (10 ml) was stirred at 25° C. for 2 hours. Dichloromethane (50 ml) was added and the mixture was washed with water (50 ml) and brine (50 ml). The separated organic layer was dried over sodium sulfate, filtered and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (eluent: ethyl acetate) to obtain a crude compound. The crude product was further purified by high performance liquid chromatography on Gemini 150x25 5 µm (eluent: 0.05% ammonia in water / acetonitrile 21 / 79). The desired fractions were collected and lyophilized to obtain compound 8 (36.6 mg, yield: 28%). г H NMR (400 MHz, CDC1 3 ) 5=9.83 (d, J=2.2 Hz, 1H), 8.55 (d, J=2.2 Hz, 1H) , 7.25-7.08 (m, 6H) , 6.46 (d, J=7.9 Hz, 2H) , 6.06 (br. s., 1H) , 4.58 (d, J=5.3 Hz, 2H) , 4.02 (s, 2H) , 3.81 (s, 2H), 3.47 (q, J=8.8 Hz, 1H) , 2.98 (q, J=7.5 Hz, 2H) , 2.73-2.59 (t, 2H), 2.41-2.27 (t, 2H), 1.42 (t, J=7.5 Hz, ZN). Synthesis of compound 9 Intermediate connection AW CAS [3058-39-7] W Ni Raney, Hi (15 psi) YNzMeON, k. t., 16 hours X-phos, Pd(dba) 2 ,t-BuONa, Dioxane, 110°С, microwave, 1 h. O Compound 9 Obtaining intermediate connection W Accordingly, Intermediate W was prepared in the same manner as Intermediate H, starting with Intermediate AW (120 mg, 0.693 mmol) and 4-iodobenzonitrile (CAS [3058-39-7], 238 mg, 1.04 mmol) , With receiving 100 mg, 52%. Obtaining Intermediate X Accordingly, Intermediate X was prepared in the same manner as Intermediate I, starting with Intermediate W (100 mg, 0.364 mmol, to give 100 mg, 94%. Getting Compound 9 A solution of intermediate L (50.0 mg, 0.222 mmol), HATU (110 mg, 0.289 mmol), DIEA (74.6 mg, 0.577 mmol) in DMF (5 ml) was stirred for 30 minutes at 25°C. Intermediate X (68.0 mg, 0.244 mmol) was added to the mixture and the mixture was stirred for 2 hours at 25°C. The mixture was concentrated under vacuum. The crude product was purified by high performance liquid chromatography on Gemini (eluent: gradient 0.05% ammonia in water / methanol from 25 / 75 to 5 / 95). The necessary fractions were collected and concentrated to give compound 9 (34.7 mg, yield: 31%). 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDC1 3 ) 5 ppm 9.82 (d, J=2.51 Hz, 1 N) 8.55 (d, J=2.76 Hz, 1 N) 7.28-7.35 (m, 2 N) 7, 18-7.23 (m, 5 N) 6.41 -6.50 (m, 2 N) 6.08 (t, J=5.02 Hz, 1 N) 4.58 (d, J=5, 52Hz, 2N) 4.00-4.04(m, 2N) 3.77-3.83(m, 2N) 3.42-3.53(m, 1N) 2.98(q , J=7.36 Hz, 2 N) 2.62-2.69 (m, 2 N) 2.33-2.40 (m, 2 N) 1.37-1.46 (m, 3 N) CAS 774-93-6 Pd(dppf) 2 Cl 2 , KOAS DMSO, 100°С, 16 h. PS1, NaIO 4 , О / ,—x F F THF, from 0°C to r.t. D V— / V-S-F --------► ~7"O F F Boc-N BUT z—x F F B- / y-S-F BUT F' F n __ g F ------------------------------> trans-2-aminocyclohexanol, 47 47 —V F F NaHMDS. Nib, i-PrOH, д д 60°C, microwave, 1 h_, 90°C, microwave, 1 hour, 120°C, microwave, 4 hours nsoon c.t., 4 pm AB N CAS [3058-39-7] Pd(dba) 2 , X-phos, t-BuONa, Dioxan, 1 1O'S, microwave, 1 hour N AC F F S-F 1' F Raney Ni, Hs (40 psi) INzMeON, k.t 16 hours AD O NATO, DIEA, DMF, 25°С, 2 hours Compound 10 Preparation of Intermediate Y Mixture of 4-bromophenylsulfur pentafluoride (CAS [774-93-6] 4 g, 14.1 mmol), bis(pinacolato)diboron (CAS [73183-34-3], 4.30 g, 16.9 mmol), potassium acetate (2.80 g, 28.5 mmol) and Pd(dppf) 2 Cl 2 (0.946 g, 1.29 mmol) in 1,4-dioxane (50 ml) was stirred at 100°C for 16 hours. Ethyl acetate (200 ml) was added and the mixture was washed with water (100 ml) and brine (100 ml). The separated organic layer was dried over sodium sulfate, filtered and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (eluent: petroleum ether / ethyl acetate 10 / 1) to give intermediate Y (4.60 g, yield: 89%). Preparation of Intermediate Z Sodium periodate (3.49 g, 16.3 mmol) was added portionwise to a solution of intermediate Y (1.80 g, 5.45 mmol) in concentrated hydrochloride (5 ml) and THF (20 ml) at 0°C. The mixture was stirred at room temperature for 3 hours. Ethyl acetate (50 ml) was added and the mixture was washed with saturated aqueous sodium sulfite (2x20 ml). The separated organic layer was washed with water (20 ml), brine (50 ml), dried over sodium sulfate, filtered and concentrated in vacuo to give Intermediate Z (1 g, yield: 72%). Preparation of Intermediate AA A mixture of intermediate Z (500 mg, 2.02 mmol), trans-3-aminocyclohexanol (11.5 mg, 0.100 mmol) and nickel iodide (31.3 mg, 0.100 mmol) in isopropanol (7 mL) was stirred at room temperature for 30 minutes under nitrogen flow. NaHMDS (2.02 ml, 2.02 mmol, 1 M in THF) was added and the mixture was stirred for 10 minutes under nitrogen flow. A solution of intermediate R (326 mg, 1.01 mmol) in isopropanol (3 mL) was added and the mixture was stirred at 60°C with microwave heating for 1 hour, at 90°C for 1 hour and at 120°C for 1 hour. within 4 hours. The mixture was diluted with dichloromethane (50 ml), washed with water (50 ml) and brine (50 ml). The organic layer was dried over sodium sulfate, filtered and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (eluent: petroleum ether / ethyl acetate 5 / 1) to obtain intermediate AA (170 mg, yield: 43%). Obtaining an intermediate compound AB Accordingly, Intermediate AB was prepared in the same manner as Intermediate G, starting with Intermediate AA (170 mg, 0.426 mmol) to give 100 mg, 78%. Obtaining the AC Intermediate Accordingly, Intermediate AC was prepared in the same manner as Intermediate H, starting with Intermediate AB (80.0 mg, 0.267 mmol) and 4-iodobenzonitrile (CAS [3058-39-7], 91.6 mg, 0 .4 mmol) to give 90 mg, 71%. Preparation of Intermediate AP Accordingly, Intermediate AD was prepared in the same manner as Intermediate I, starting with Intermediate AC (80.0 mg, 0.200 mmol) to give 80 mg, 99%. Get connection 10 Mixture of 6-chloro-2-ethylimidazo[3,2-a]pyridine-3-carboxylic acid (CAS [1216142-18-5], 44.5 mg, 0.198 mmol), intermediate AD (80 mg, 0.198 mmol) , HATU (97.9 mg, 0.2-57 mmol) and DIEA (76.8 mg, 0.594 mmol) in DMF (4 ml) were stirred at room temperature for 2 hours. The mixture was purified by high performance liquid chromatography on a Waters Xbridge Prep OBD C18 150x30 x5 µm (eluent: 0.05% ammonia in water / methanol 15 / 85 to 5 / 95). The necessary fractions were collected and lyophilized to give compound 10 (36.6 mg, yield: 28%). г H NMR (400 MHz, CDC1 3 ) 5=9.52 (s, IH) , 7.69 (d, 7=8.4 Hz, 2H) , 7.54 (d, <7=9.3 Hz, ih: ), 7.34- -7.27 (m, 2H) , 7.23 (br. s ., WH) , 6.47 ( d, 7=7.9 Hz, 2H) , 5.99 (br. s ., IH) . 4.58 (d, 7=4.4 Hz, 2H), 4.03 (s, 2H), 3.81 (s, 2H), s, 52 (quin, 7=8.5 Hz, IH) . 2.94 (q, J=7.4 Hz, 2H) , 2.69 (t, J=9.5 Hz, 2H) , 2.36 (t, J=10,l Hz, 2H), 1.38 (t, J=7.3 Hz, ZN). CAS[1692-25-7] trans-2-aminocyclohexanol, NaHMDS, Nib, i-PrOH, 60°C, microwave, 1 h 90°С, microwave. 1 hour 120°С, microwave, 4 h. AE NSSO, k. t., 12 hours CAS [3058-39-7] AF Raney Ni, ft X-phos, Pd(dba),,t-BuONa, Dioxane, 110°С, microwave, 1 h AG Compound 11 Preparation of Intermediate AE Mixture of intermediate R (608 mg, 4.95 mmol), trans-2-aminocyclohexanol (57.0 mg, 0.495 mmol) and Nil 2 (77.3 mg, 0.248 mmol) in 1-PrOH (6 ml) was stirred at 25° C. for 30 minutes under nitrogen flow. NaHMDS (908 mg, 4.95 mmol) was added and the mixture was stirred for 10 minutes under nitrogen flow. 3-pyridineboronic acid (CAS [1692-25-7], 800 mg, 2.48 mmol) in 1-PrOH (4 ml) was added and the mixture was stirred at 60° C. with microwave heating for 1 hour, at 90° C for 1 hour and at 120°C for 4 hours. The mixture was diluted with dichloromethane (50 ml), washed with water (50 ml) and brine (20 ml). The organic layer was dried over sodium sulfate, filtered and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (eluent: petroleum ether / ethyl acetate 1) to give intermediate AE (250 mg, yield: 37%). Obtaining an AF Intermediate Accordingly, Intermediate AF was prepared in the same manner as Intermediate G, starting with Intermediate AE (200 mg, 0.729 mmol) to give 120 mg, 94%. Obtaining an intermediate compound AG Accordingly, Intermediate AG was prepared in the same manner as Intermediate AG, starting with Intermediate AF (80.0 mg, 0.459 mmol) and 4-iodobenzonitrile (CAS [3058-39-7], 158 mg, 0.688 mmol) , yielding 80.0 mg, 63%. Preparation of Intermediate AN Accordingly, Intermediate AH was prepared in the same manner as Intermediate I, starting with Intermediate AG (70.0 mg, 0.254 mmol) to give 70.0 mg, 99%. Getting Compound 11 A solution of Intermediate L (51.4 mg, 0.228 mmol), HATU (113 mg, 0.296 mmol), DIEA (76.6 mg, 0.593 mmol) in DMF (10 mL) was stirred for 30 minutes at 2 5°C. into the mix intermediate AN (70.0 mg, 0.251 mmol) was added and the mixture was stirred for 2 hours at 25°C. Mixture concentrated under vacuum. The crude product was purified by high performance liquid chromatography on Gemini (eluent: gradient 0.05% ammonia in water / methanol from 30 / 70 to 5 / 95). The necessary fractions were collected and concentrated to give compound 11 (10.5 mg, yield: 9%). 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDC1 3 ) 5 ppm 9.83 (d, J=2.51 Hz, 1 N) 8.55 (d, J=2.76 Hz, 1 N) 8.42-8.49 (m, 2 N) 7.53 (d, J=7.78 Hz, 1 N) 7.23 (d, J=8.53 Hz, 3 H) 6.47 (d, J=8.53 Hz, 2 H) 6.06 (br. s., 1 H) 4.58 (d, J=5.27 Hz, 2 H) 4.04 (s, 2 H) 3.83 (s, 2 H) 3.50 (q, J=8.72 Hz, 1 H) 2.99 (q, J=7.53 Hz, 2 H) 2.65-2.74 (m, 2 H) 2.33-2.43 (m, 2 H) 1.42 (t, J=7.53 Hz, 3 H) Synthesis of compound 12 and compound 13 H,N EDC1HCL HOBt DCM / THF, 18 h, rt •N, CAS[1131613-58-5] Solution CAS [1508720-12-4] Compound 12 6-ethyl-2-methylimidazo[2,1-b]thiazole-5-carboxylic acids (CAS [1131613-58-5], 40 mg, 0.19 mmol), (4-{2- azaspiro[3.3]heptan-2-yl}phenyl)methanamine (CAS [1508720-12-4], 46mg, 0.23mmol), EDCI'HCl (29mg, 0.15mmol), HOBt (26mg, 0.19 mmol) and DIPEA (0.033 ml, 0.19 mmol) in dichloromethane (1.3 ml) and THE (1.3 ml) were stirred at room temperature for 18 hours. The mixture was filled with silica gel and evaporated in vacuo. The residue was purified by preparative LC (SiOH with regular grains, 30 μm, 12 g Interchim, dry loading, mobile phase gradient: heptane / EtOAc 70 / 30 to 50 / 50) to give after evaporation 41 mg of compound 12 as a white solid substances (55%). Х H NMR (500 MHz, DMSO-d 6 ) 5 ppm 1.19 (t, <7=7.4 Hz, 2 H) 1.70-1.86 (m, 2 N) 2.15 (t, <7=7.6 Hz, 4 H) 2.42 (d, <7=1.3 Hz, 3 H) 2.84 (q, <7=7.6 Hz, 2 H) 3.72 (s, 4 H) 4.34 (d, J =6.0 Hz, 2 H) 6.36 (d, <7=8.5 Hz, 2 H) 7.14 (d, <7=8.5 Hz, 2 H) 7.88 (d, < 7=1.3 Hz, 1 N) 8.02 (br t, <7=6.0 Hz, 1 N) . Compound 13 Compound 13 Vg Accordingly, compound 13 was prepared in the same manner as compound 12, starting with 2-bromo-6-methylimidazo[2,3-b][1,3]thiazole-5-carboxylic acid CAS [86933-04-2] and (4-{2-azaspiro[3.3]heptan-2-yl}phenyl)methanamine CAS [1508720-12-4] to give 41 mg, 55%. 2 H NMR (500 MHz, DMSO-dg) 3 ppm 1.19 (t, <7=7.4 Hz, 2 H) 1.70-1.86 (m, 2 N) 2.15 (t, <7=7.6 Hz, 4 N) 2.42 (d, <7=1.3 Hz, 3 N) 2.84 (q, <7=7.6 Hz, 2 N) 3.72 (s, 4 N) 4.34 (d, <7=6.0 Hz, 2 N) 6.36 (d, J=8.5Hz, 2H) 7.14 (d, J=8.5Hz, 2H) 7.88 (d, J=l,3 Hz, 1 H) 8.02 (br t, J=6, 0 Hz, 1 H) . Synthesis of compound 14 HOBT, EDCI 3 N, CHjClj 60'0.16 h. CAS 1160246-99-0 CAS 1216142-18-5 Compound 14 Preparation of Intermediate Al Triethylamine (0.096 ml, 0.690 mmol), tert-butyl-3-(aminomethyl)-2-oxa-9-azaspiro[5.5]undecane-9-carboxylate (CAS [1160246-99-0], 100 mg, 0.352 mmol) , HOBT (46.6 mg, 0.345 mmol) and EDCI*HC1 (99.3 mg, 0.518 mmol) were added in turn to a solution of 6-chloro-2-ethylimidazo[3,2-a]pyridine-3-carboxylic acid ( CAS [1216142-18-5], 77.5 mg, 0.345 mmol) in dichloromethane (2 ml) . After stirring at 60° C. for 16 hours, ethyl acetate (20 ml) was added. The mixture was washed with water (2x20 ml) and brine (20 ml). The separated organic layer was dried over sodium sulfate, filtered and the filtrate was concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (eluent: petroleum ether / ethyl acetate 1 / 1 to 0 / 1) to give intermediate AI (160 mg, yield: 86%) . Obtaining an intermediate compound AJ Hydrochloride (2 ml, 8 mmol, 2 M in dioxane) was added to solution of intermediate AI (120 mg, 0.244 mmol) in dichloromethane (2 ml) at 0°C. After stirring at 15° C. for 12 hours, the solvent was evaporated under vacuum. The residue was dissolved in water (20 ml) and then made basic with saturated aqueous sodium carbonate to pH ~ 10. The solution was extracted with dichloromethane / methanol (10 / 1, 2x20 ml). The combined organic layers were washed with brine (20 ml), dried over sodium sulfate, filtered and the filtrate was concentrated in vacuo to give intermediate AJ (50 mg, yield: 56%). Getting Compound 14 A solution of Intermediate AJ (30.0 mg, 0.0770 mmol), 1-iodo-4-(trifluoromethoxy)benzene (CAS [103962-05-6], 22.2 mg, 0.0770 mmol), Pd(dba ) 2 (4.60 mg, 8.00 µmol), X-phos (7.63 mg, 16.0 µmol) and sodium tert-butoxide (29.6 mg, 0.308 mmol) in dioxane (4 ml) were heated by microwave radiation at 110°С for 1 hour in N atmosphere 2 . The mixture was filtered and the filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was dissolved in ethyl acetate, washed with water, brine, dried over Na 2 SO 4 , filtered and concentrated to dryness under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (petroleum ether / ethyl acetate 10 / 1 to 0 / 1) to give a crude compound. This was then purified by high performance liquid chromatography on Gemini C18 150x25 mm x 10 µl (eluent: 0.5% ammonia in water / acetonitrile 45 / 55 to 15 / 85). The desired fractions were collected and lyophilized to give compound 14 (1.30 mg, yield : 3%) г H N L IP (4 00 MHz, CDC1 3 ) 5=9.50 (d, J=l, 3Hz, 1H) , 7.54 (dJ=9.5Hz, 1H), 7.29 (dd, J=2.l, 9.4Hz , 1H) , 7.10 (d, J=8.5 Hz 2H) , 6.89 (d, J=9.3 Hz, 2H) , 6.35 (br. s. . 1H) , 3.93 -3.85 (m 2H) , 3.51 (br. s. . 1H) , 3.30 (m, 1H) , 3.24 (d, J=ll.3 HZ, 1H) 3.21-3 , 07 (m, 4H) , 3.03 (q, J=7.5Hz, 2H) , 1.94-1.85 (m, 2H) 1.79 (d, J=7.0Hz, 1H ) , 1.66-1.62 (m, 1H) , 1.61-1.59 (m, 2H) 1.50-1.47 (m, 2H), 1.44 (t, J=7.5 Hz, ZN) CAS 203661-69-2 EDCIHC1, HOBt, Et 3 N, DMF, 60°C Ni Renee, Of Pd(dba) 2 , X-phos, NaOtBu, 1,4-dioxane, 110°C, microwave Compound 15 Obtaining an AA Intermediate Sodium tert-butoxide (481 mg, 5.01 mmol) in dimethoxyethane (5 ml) and butanol (5 ml) was added to a solution of 7-Boc-7-azaspiro[3.5]nonan-2-one (CAS [203661-69- 2], 600 mg, 2.51 mmol) and Tosmic (548 mg, 2.81 mmol) in dimethoxyethane (5 ml) under nitrogen at 10-15°C for 1 hour. After the mixture was stirred at 20° C. for 12 hours, the reaction mixture was poured into ice water and then extracted with ethyl acetate. The extract was washed with brine, dried and evaporated. The residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (20% ethyl acetate-hexane) to give intermediate AA (50.0 mg, yield: 8%). Obtaining an intermediate compound AL A solution of intermediate AA (50 mg, 0.200 mmol) in MH3-MeOH (7 M in methanol, 10 mL) was hydrogenated at 15°C (H 2 , 15 psi inch) using Raney Nickel (25 mg) as a catalyst for 16 hours. The catalyst was filtered off and the filtrate was concentrated in vacuo to give intermediate AL (50.9 mg, yield: 95%). Obtaining an AM Intermediate Connection A solution of Intermediate AL (44.9 mg, 0.200 mmol), 6-chloro-2-ethylimidazo[3,2-a]pyridine-3-carboxylic acid (CAS [1216142-18-5], 50.9 mg, 0.200 mmol), HOBt (27.0 mg, 0.200 mmol), EDCI (57.5 mg, 0.300 mmol) and triethylamine (0.056 ml, 0.400 mmol) in DMF (2 ml) was stirred at 60°C for 16 hours. Ethyl acetate (20 ml) was added and the mixture was washed with brine, dried, filtered and the filtrate was concentrated. The residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (petroleum ether / ethyl acetate 1 / 1) to give intermediate AM (50.0 mg, yield: 51%). Obtaining an intermediate connection AN Hydrochloride (1.00 ml, 4.00 mmol, 4 M in ethyl acetate) was added to a solution of intermediate AM (50.0 mg, 0.108 mmol) in C at 0°C. The mixture was heated to 20°C and stirred for 16 hours. The mixture was neutralized with saturated sodium carbonate to pH ~10 and diluted with ethyl acetate (10 ml). The organic layer was washed with brine (10 ml), dried over sodium sulfate, filtered and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by silica gel thin layer chromatography (eluent: dichloromethane / methanol 10 / 1) to give intermediate AN (35.0 mg, yield: 81%). Getting Compound 15 Intermediate AN solution (15.0 mg, 0.0420 mmol), 1-iodo-4-(trifluoromethoxy)benzene (CAS [103962-05-6], 12.1 mg, 0.042 mmol), Pd(dba)2 (3.66 mg, 6.37 µmol), X-phos (3.81 mg, 8.00 mmol) and sodium tert-butoxide (16.1 mg, 0.168 mmol) in 1,4-dioxane (2 ml) heated by microwave radiation at 110°C for 60 min. in N atmosphere 2 . The mixture was filtered, and then the filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (eluent: petroleum ether / ethyl acetate 1 / 1) unpurified compound. This was then purified by high performance liquid chromatography on a Gemini C18 150x25mm 100 µl (eluent: ammonia in water / acetonitrile 30 / 70 to 0 / 100) . Required fractions to obtain compound 15 (2.30 г H NMR (400 MHz, CDC1 3 ) 5= 1H), 7.29 (dd, J=2.0, 9.5 Hz, (d, J=9.0 Hz, 2H) , 5.80 (br. 3.17-3.09 (m, 2H ) , 3.09-3.03 2.61 (td, J=8.3, 16.1 Hz, 1H) 2H) , 1.71 (d, J=5.5 Hz, 2H) , Hz, ZN ) collected and lyophilized with mg, yield: 10%). 9.47 (s, 1H), 7.54 (d, J=9.5 Hz, 1H), 7.08 (d, J=9.0 Hz, 2H), 6.89 s., 1H) , 3.57 (t, J=6.5 Hz, 2H) , (t, 2H) , 3.00 (q, J=7.5 Hz, 2H) , 2.11-1.99 (t, 2H), 1.83-1.75 (t, 1.60-1.54 (t, 2H), 1.45 (t, J=7.7 Synthesis of compound 16, compound 17, compound 18 and connections 19 Ni Raney, bgnz.meon AQ AR With AS 1147557-97-8 DAST, SVD JSC Obtaining an AO Intermediate DAST (0.507 ml, 3.84 mmol) was added dropwise to the solution tert-Butyl 6-hydroxy-2-azaspiro[3.3]heptane-2-carboxylate (CAS [63711570], 700 mg, 3.28 mmol) in dry dichloromethane (5 mL) under nitrogen at 0°C. The mixture was slowly heated to 40° C. and stirred overnight. The resulting mixture was washed with water and salt solution. The organic layer was dried over magnesium sulfate, filtered and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography to obtain intermediate AO (200 mg, yield: 27%). Preparation of Intermediate AP A mixture of intermediate AO (200 mg, 0.929 mmol) in formic acid (5 mL) was stirred at 25° C. for 16 hours. The mixture was concentrated in vacuo to give intermediate AP (149 mg, yield: 100%). Obtaining Compound 16 Solution of Intermediate AP (59.4 mg, 0.369 mmol), Intermediate M (195 mg, 0.443 mmol), Pd(dba) 2 (21.2 mg, 0.037 mmol), X-phos (35.2 mg, 0.074 mmol) and sodium tert-butoxide (177 mg, 1.85 mmol) in 1,4-dioxane (8 ml) were heated by microwave radiation at 110°C for 60 min. in N atmosphere 2 . Dichloromethane (50 ml) was added and the mixture was washed with water (50 ml) and brine (50 ml). The organic layer was dried over sodium sulfate, filtered and the filtrate was concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (eluent: petroleum ether / ethyl acetate 1 / 0 to 0 / 1). The desired fractions were collected and concentrated. The residue was then purified by high performance liquid chromatography on Waters Xbridge Cl8 150x20 mm x 5 µm (eluent: 0.5% NH 3 in water / methanol from 35 / 65 to 5 / 95). The necessary fractions were collected and lyophilized to give compound 16 (33.30 mg, yield: 21%). г H NMR (400 MHz, CDC1 3 ) 5=9.52 (d, 0=1.5 Hz, 1H) , 7.53 (d, 0=9.5 Hz, 1H) , 7.29 (dd, 0=2.1, 9.4 Hz, 1H), 7.22 (d, 0=8.3 Hz, 2H) , 6.43 (d, 0=8.3 Hz, 2H) , 5.99 (br. s., 1H) , 5.10-4.85 (w, 1H), 4.57 (d, 0=5.4 Hz, 2H) , 3.87 (d, 0=16.4 Hz, 4H) , 2.94 (q, 0 \u003d 7.6 Hz, 2H), 2.71-2.59 (w, 2H), 2.52-2.36 (w, 2H), 1.38 (t, 0=7.6 Hz, ZN). Obtaining an AO Intermediate NO Intermediate AP solution (400 mg, 3.47 mmol), 4-iodobenzonitrile (1.19 g, 5.21 mmol), X-phos (199 mg, 0.42 mmol), Pd(dba) 2 (120 mg, 0.208 mmol) and t-BuONa (1.34 g, 13.9 mmol) in dioxane (20 ml) were heated by microwave radiation at 110°C for 1 hour under N 2 . The mixture was concentrated. The crude product was purified by silica gel column chromatography (eluent: 0 to 1 / 5 ethyl acetate / petroleum ether). The necessary fractions were collected and concentrated to give intermediate AQ (450 mg, yield: 60%). Obtaining an AR Intermediate A mixture of intermediate AQ (450 mg, 2.08 mmol) in NH 3 »MeOH (7 M in methanol, 20 ml) was hydrogenated (15 psi) with Raney nickel (50 mg) as a catalyst at 25°C for 16 hours. After absorbing H 2 the catalyst was filtered off and the filtrate was concentrated to give intermediate AR (450 mg, yield: 98%). Obtaining Compound 17 CI Compound 17 Accordingly, compound 17 was prepared in the same manner as compound 11, starting from intermediate AR and intermediate L to give 5.20 mg, yield: 3%. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDC1 3 ) 5 ppm 9.82 (d, J=2.51 Hz, 1 F) 8.55 (d, J=2.51 Hz, 1 F) 7.21 (d, J=8.28 Hz, 2 F) ) 6.43 (d, J=8.53 Hz, 2 R) 6.05 (br. s., 1 R) 5.05-4.9 (m, 1 R) 4.57 (d, J= 5.52 Hz, 2 F) 3.89 (s, 2 F) 3.85 (s, 2 F) 2.98 (q, J=7.53 Hz, 2 F) 2.61-2.69 ( m, 2 I) 2.38-2.50(m, 2 I) 1.42 (t, J=7.53 Hz, 3 I) Compound 18 Accordingly, compound 18 was prepared in the same manner as compound 11, starting with intermediate AR and 6- ethyl-2-methylimidazo[2,1-b]thiazole-5-carboxylic acids CAS[1131613-58-5], to give 41.8 mg, yield: 27%. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDC1 3 ) 5 ppm 7.99 (d, J=1.26 Hz, 1 H) 7.20 (d, J=8.28 Hz, 2 H) 6.40-6.45 (m, 2 H) 5, 84 (br. s., 1 H) 5.05-4.9 (m, 1 H) 4.54 (s, 2 H) 3.88 (s, 2 H) 3.84 (s, 2 H) 2 .82 (q, J=7.70 Hz, 2 H) 2.60-2.70 (m, 2 H) 2.37-2.52 (m, 5 H) 1.29-1.36 (m , 3H). Getting Compound 19 Compound 19 Accordingly, compound 19 was prepared in the same manner as compound 11, starting from intermediate AR and 2-ethyl-5H,6H,7H,8H-imidazo[1,2-a]pyridine-3-carboxylic acid CAS [1529528- 99-1] to give 32.0 mg, yield: 21.5%. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCI3) 5 ppm 7.18 (d, J=8.28 Hz, 2 I) 6.41 (d, J=8.53 Hz, 2 I) 5.81 (br. s., 1 I) 4.86-5.10 (m, 1 I) 4.48 (d, J=5.52 Hz, 2 F) 4.22 (t, J=5, 90 Hz, 2 F) 3.88 (s, 2 F) 3.84 (s, 2 H) 2.85 (t, J=6.40 Hz, 2H) 2.60-2.70 (m, 4 H) 2.37-2.51 (m, 2 F) 1.83-1.99 (m, 4 F) 1.22 (t, J=7, 65 Hz, 3 F) Synthesis of compound 20 and compound 21 CAS[1181816-12-5] TFA.DCM CAS [1194-02-1] ----* TTA.HN V\=O т 18 * L > к - т - У microwave, KgCOe, DMSO .AS 120°C, 3Omin. Compound 21 Obtaining an intermediate connection AS TFA (1.6 ml, 21 mmol) was added to a solution of tert-butyl-6-oxo-2-azaspiro[3.3]heptane-2-carboxylate (CAS [1181816-12-5], 0.3 g, 1.4 mmol) in dichloromethane (9.8 ml) and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 18 hours. The reaction mixture was evaporated in vacuo and co-evaporated twice with toluene to give 320 mg of intermediate AS as a colorless oil (100%). Obtaining an intermediate compound AT A solution of intermediate AS (0.34 g, 1.5 mmol), 4-fluorobenzonitrile (CAS [1194-02-1], 0.37 g, 3.0 mmol) and K 2CO3 (0.62 g, 4.5 mmol) in DMSO (5.4 ml) was heated at 120° C. using a single mode microwave reactor (Biotage initiator 60) with power output ranging from 0 to 400 W for 30 minutes. Saline and EtOAc were added. The organic layer was extracted, dried over MgSO4, filtered and evaporated. Purification of the residue was performed by preparative LC (Interchim, 12 g, 30 μm, heptane / EtOAc 90 / 10). Pure fractions were collected and evaporated to give 60 mg intermediate AT as a white solid (19%). Obtaining an AU Intermediate Connection A solution of intermediate AT (60 mg, 0.28 mmol) in dry THF (1.1 mL) was added dropwise to the Na1H mixture. 4 (64 mg, 1.7 mmol) in dry THF (1.2 ml) at 0°C. The mixture was allowed to slowly warm to room temperature and stirred overnight. Water (0.24 ml) was added very slowly followed by dichloromethane (30 ml) and stirred for 20 minutes. Added MgSO 4 , the insoluble matter was filtered through a pad of celite and the filtrate was evaporated to dryness to give 57 mg of intermediate AU as a white solid (92%). Getting Compound 20 A solution of 6-ethyl-2-methylimidazo[2,1-b]thiazole-5-carboxylic acid (CAS [1131613-58-5], 46 mg, 0.22 mmol), intermediate AU (57 mg, 0.26 mmol), EDCI*HC1 (34 mg, 0.22 mmol), HOBt (29 mg , 0.22 mmol) and DIPEA (0.038 ml, 0.22 mmol) in dichloromethane (1.5 ml) and THE (1.5 ml) were stirred at room temperature for 18 h. The mixture was filled with silica gel and evaporated in vacuum. The residue was purified by preparative LC (SiOH with 30 μm regular grains, 12 g, dry run, mobile phase gradient: DCM / MeOH 99 / 1 to 96 / 4) to give, after evaporation, trituration in Et 2 O and second evaporation of 53 mg of compound 20 as a beige solid (59%). г H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d 6 ) | 5 ppm 1 , 19 (t, 0=7.6 Hz, 3 H) 1.89-2.02 (br, 2 H) 2.38--2.45 (m, 2H) 2.41 (s, 3 N) 2.83 (q, 0=7.6 Hz, 2 N) 3.67 (s, 2 N) 3.72 (s, 2 N) 3.90-4.08 (m, 1 N) 4.34 (d, 0=5.6 Hz, 2 H) 5.01 (d, 0=6.6 Hz, 1 H) 6.34 (d, O= 8.6 Hz, 2 H) 7, 13 (d, 0=8.1 Hz, 2 H) 7.87 (d, 0=1.0 Hz, 1 H) 7.99 (t, 0=6.1 Hz, 1 H) . Preparation of Compound 21 DMP (15%) in dichloromethane (0.20 ml, 94 µmol) was added to a solution of compound 20 (35 mg, 85 µmol) in dichloromethane (2.7 ml) under nitrogen atmosphere and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 72 hours. The mixture was filled with silica gel and evaporated in vacuo. The residue was purified by preparative LC (SiOH with 30 μm regular grains, 12 g, dry run, mobile phase gradient: DCM / MeOH 99 / 1 to 97 / 3) to give after evaporation, trituration in EsrO and evaporation 18 mg of a beige solid substances. This solid was purified by reverse phase (stationary phase: X-Bridge-Cl8, 5 µm, 30*150 mm, mobile phase: gradient from 75% aq. NH 4 HCO3 (0.5%), 25% MeCN up to 35% aq. Eun 4 HCO3 (0.5%), 65% MeCN) to give 5 mg compound 21 as a beige solid (14%). г H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d 6 ) 5 pp 1.19 (t, J=7.6 Hz, 3 H) 2.41 (s, 3 H) 2.84 (q, J=7.6 Hz, 2 H) 3.32 (s, 4 H) 3.95 (s, 4 H) 4.35 (d, J=5.6 Hz, 2 H) 6.43 (d, J=8.l Hz, 2 H) 7.17 (d, J=8.6 Hz, 2 N) 7.88 (s, 1 N) 8.02 (t, J=5.6 Hz, 1 N) . Synthesis of compound 23 and compound 22 BUT 60'S. microwave, 1 h, 90°С. microwave, 1 h, 120°С, microwave, 5 h. HN' A.W. X-phos, Pd(dba) 2 , t-BuONa Dioxane, 100°С, microwave, 1 h. R=H: Compound 23 R=C1: Connection 22 Obtaining an AV intermediate connection Accordingly, Intermediate AV was prepared in the same manner as Intermediate S, starting from Intermediate R and phenylboronic acid CAS [98-80-6] to give 0.3 g, 62%. Obtaining an intermediate connection AW Accordingly, intermediate AW was prepared in the same manner as intermediate T starting from intermediate compound AV, to obtain 0.27 g, 99%. Preparation of Compound 22 and Compound 23 Accordingly, compound 22 was prepared in the same manner as compound 7 starting from intermediate AW and intermediate M to give compound 22, 0.031 g, 16%, and compound 23 as a by-product, 0.0071 g, 13% Compound 22 г H NMR (400 MHz, CHLOROFORM-d) 5=9.53 (d, 0=2.0 Hz, 1H) , 7.57-7.49 (t, 1H) , 7.2 8 (d, 0=2.3 Hz, ZN) , 7.24 (S, 1H) , 7.23- -7 .17 (t, 4H) , 6.47 (d, 0=8.3 Hz, 2H) , 5.98 (br.s. . 1H), 4.58 (d, 0=5.5 Hz, 2H :), 4.02 (s, 2H) , 3.81 (s, 2H) , 3.48 (quin, J=8.9 Hz, 1E D , 2.94 (q, 0=7.5 Hz, 2H), 2.69-2.60 (t, 2H) , 2.41-2.32 (t, 2H), 1.38 (t, 0=7.7 Hz, 3N) Compound 23 г H NMR (400 MHz, CHLOROFORM-d) 5 ppm 9.40 (d, 0=7.28 Hz, . 1 I) 7.60 (d, 0=9.03 Hz, 1 I) 7.34- 7.31 (t, 3 N) 7.29-7.20 (t, 5 N) 6.88'-6, S 15 (t, 1 I) 6.47 (d, 0=8.28 Hz, 2 H) 5.97 (br. s., 1 H) 4.59 (d, , 0=5.27 Hz, 2 H) 4.02 (s, 2 H) 3.81 (s, 2 H) ' 3.38-3.54 (t, 1 I) 2.96 (q, 0=7.61 Hz, 2 H) 2.59--2.74 (m, 2 H) 2 , 31-2, 42 (t, 2 H) 1.3 9 (t, 0=7.53 P 1.3 N) Synthesis of compound 24 H2N NATO, DEA, CH 2 C1 2 I CAS[39959-59-6] OH HN Intermediate T CF 3 about' X-phos, Pd(dba) 2 , t-BuONa Dioxane, 100°С, microwave, 1 h. CAS[77628-51-4] Compound 24 Preparation of Intermediate AX A mixture of 6-methylimidazo[2,1-B][1,3]thiazole-5-carboxylic acid (CAS [77628-51-4], 200 mg, 1.10 mmol), 4-iodobenzenemethanamine (CAS [39959-59 -6], 256 mg, 1.10 mmol), HATU (544 mg, 1.43 mmol) and diisopropylethylamine (425 mg, 3.29 mmol) in dichloromethane (5 ml) was stirred at 25°C for 2 hours. The mixture was diluted with dichloromethane (100 ml). The solution was washed with water (50 ml), brine (50 ml), dried over sodium sulfate, filtered and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (eluent: petroleum ether / ethyl acetate 0 / 1) to give intermediate AX (220 mg, yield: 47.3%). Getting connection 24 Accordingly, compound 24 was prepared in the same manner as compound 7, starting from intermediate AX and intermediate T, to give 0.029 g, 17%. г H NMR (400 MHz, CHLOROFORM--d) 5 ppm 8.29 (d, J=4.5 Hz, 1H) , 7.24-7.18 (m, 4H) , 7.18-7.13 (m , 2H) , 6.88 (d, J=4.5 Hz, 1H) , 6.4 6 (d, J= = 8.5 Hz, 2H) , 5.85 (br. s., 1H), 4.56 (d, J=5.5 Hz, 2H), 4.02 (s, 2H), 3.80 (s, 2H) , 3.47 (quin, J=8.9 Hz, 1H) . 2.70-2.61 (m, 2H), 2.56 (s, 3H), 2.38-2.29 (m, 2H) Synthesis of compound 25 and compound 26 NC Ct CAS [78060-54-5] HN F F y_ F Intermediate T K2CO3, CH3CN reflux condenser, 16 h. Ni Raney, Hi (15psi) NHj / MeOH, 15°С, 16 h. NATO, DIEA, CH,C1 2 X=N: Connection 25 X=C: Compound 26 Obtaining an intermediate connection AY A mixture of 2-chloro-6-quinolinecarbonitrile (CAS [78060-54-5], 14.7 mg, 0.078 mmol), intermediate T (20.0 mg, 0.078 mmol) and potassium carbonate (21.6 mg, 0.156 mmol ) in acetonitrile (5 ml) was heated under reflux for 16 hours. The solvent was evaporated under vacuum. The residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (eluent: petroleum ether / ethyl acetate 1 / 1) to give intermediate AY (20.0 mg, yield: 62.8%) . Obtaining an intermediate compound AZ Solution of intermediate AY (20.0 mg, 0.049 mmol) in NH 3 » MeOH (20 ml, 7 M NH 3 in MeOH) were hydrogenated at 15°C (15 psi inch) using Raney nickel (3 mg) as catalyst for 16 hours. The catalyst was filtered off and the filtrate was concentrated in vacuo to give intermediate compound AZ (20.0 mg, yield: 91.84%). Getting Compound 26 A solution of 6-chloro-2-ethylimidazo[3,2-a]pyridine-3-carboxylic acids (CAS [1216142-18-5], 9.79 mg, 0.044 mmol), HATU (21.7 mg, 0.057 mmol), DIEA (14.8 mg, 0.114 mmol) in CH 2 C1 2 (10 ml) was stirred for 30 minutes at 25°C. Intermediate AZ (20 mg, 0.048 mmol) was added to the mixture and the mixture was stirred for 2 hours at 25°C. The mixture was concentrated under vacuum. The crude product was purified by high performance liquid chromatography on Gemini (eluent: 0.05% ammonia in water / methanol 35 / 65 to 5 / 95). The desired fractions were collected and concentrated to give compound 26 (4.30 mg, 15.91%). 1H NMR (400 MHz, CHLOROFORM-d) 5 ppm 9.56 (s, 1 H) 7.84 (d, 0=8.80 Hz, 1 H) 7.74 (d, 0=8.56 Hz, 1 N) 7.59 (s, 1 N) 7.55 (d, 0=9.29 Hz, 2 N) 7.31 (d, 0=9.78 Hz, 1 N) 7.22 (d, 0=8.40 Hz, 2 N) 7.16 (d, 0=8.40 Hz, 2 N) 6.59 (d, 0=9.05 Hz, 1 N) 6.13 (br. s. , 1 N) 4.79 (d, 0=5.62 Hz, 2 H) 4.33 (s, 2 N) 4.11 (s, 2 N) 3.50 (t, 0=8.68 Hz , 1 H) 2.97 (q, 0=7.42 Hz, 2 H) 2.65-2.76 (m, 2 H) 2.33-2.44 (m, 2 H) 1.38 ( t, 0=7.58Hz, 3H) Getting Compound 25 Accordingly, compound 25 was prepared in the same manner as compound 26, starting from intermediate L and intermediate AZ to give 0.037 g, 25%. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CHLOROFORM-d) 5 ppm 9.83 (d, 0=2.51 Hz, 1 H) 8.55 (d,4=2.51 Hz, 1 H) 7.83 (d, 4=8.78 Hz, 1 H) 7.75 (d, 4=8.53 Hz, 1 H) 7.55 (d, 4=9.20 Hz, 1 H) 7.53 (d, 4=6.80 Hz, 1 H) 7.22 (d, 4=8.80Hz, 2H) 7.15 (d, 4=8.40Hz, 2H) 6.58 (d, 4=8.78Hz, 1 H) 6.26 (t, 4=5.27 Hz, 1 H) 4.77 (d, 4=5.60 Hz, 2 H) 4.33 (s, 2 H) 4.11 (s, 2 N) 3.50 (quin, 4=8.85 Hz, 1 N) 3.01 (q, 4=7.53 Hz, 2H) 2.65-2.74 (m, 2 N) 2.33-2.43 (t, 2 N) 1.41 (t, 4=7.53 Hz, 3 N) The following compounds have also been prepared according to the procedures described in this document. Compound No. Structure 27 / "x / o / / 28 O F F 29 CI / ° F \ 7 30 O / --A / ) - n / / X ° \ OK Compound No. Structure 31 O 1 ' 32 \\ V . А ol LL / F \ 33 F F cLL _LA_ N -- 1 / / V 34 o / — N / ---\ / \ z\ —\ / — N / / \ / — F -^' N \ ^N Z A 35 F F y N ^y N OC N ^y°^ F N Compound No. Structure 36 O >--U Y--N yC y--C y--° y-N N 38. 39 40 I Compound No. Structure 41 o f lG G F \ N. N-^4 42 v^oo^v ____ / F Z F Gu 43 o, st ^ OCH ^ y TYw 44 F F / \ / --\ ZT-L \^F o ____ / \ / \, / / \\ / \\ / \ Z\ / N —\ / —° V—N V \__ / \ / N 45 F F J^ n ^Y= / v\ / \= / CAS[1352395-28-8] Intermediate I Intermediate I (0.08 g, 0.22 mmol), HATU (0.1 g, 0.26 mmol) and diisopropylethylamine (0.085 g, 0.66 mmol). The mixture was stirred at room temperature overnight. The solvent was removed under vacuum to dryness. The residue was purified by high performance liquid chromatography (Waters Xbridge Prep OBD C18 150x30x5 µm, 25 ml / min, gradient: water (containing 0.05% NH 3 . H 2 O) / acetonitrile 85 / 15 to 55 / 45). The desired fractions were collected and evaporated to remove the acetonitrile under vacuum. The residue was lyophilized to give compound 56, 0.027 g, 21%. г H NMR (400 MHz, CDC1 3 ) 5=8.19 (d, 0=7.5 Hz, 1H), 7.57 (d, 0=2.2Hz, 1H) , 7.34(d, 0=7.5Hz, 2H) , 7.21(d, 0=7.9Hz, 2H) , 7.07(d, 0= 8.4 Hz, 2H), 6.54 (dd, 0=2, 4, 7.3 Hz, 1H), 6.40 (d, 0=8.8 Hz, 2H), 5.96 (br. s., 1H) , 4.67 (d, O= = 5.3 Hz, 2H) , 4.01 (S, 2H) , 3.91 (s, 3H) , 3.80 (s, 2H), 3.51-3.44 (m, 1H) , 2.70-2.56 (t, 5H) , 2.41-2.30 (m, 2H) NATO, DIPEA, DMF.16 h., k.t. Accordingly, compound 57 was prepared in the same manner as compound 56 starting from 5-methoxy-2-methylpyrazolo[1,5- a]pyridine-3-carboxylic acid CAS [1352395-28-8], and Intermediate Q to give 0.027 g, 21%. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDC1 3 ) 5=8.18 (d, J=1.5 Hz, 1H), 7.57 (d, J=2.6 Hz, 1H), 7.25 (br. s., 2H) , 7.09 (d, J=8.8 Hz, 2H) , 6.53 (dd, J=2.6, 7.5 Hz, 1H) , 6.49 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 2H) , 6.43 (d, J=8.8 Hz, 2H) , 5.86 (br. s., 1H) , 4.59 (d,J=5.3 Hz, 2H) , 4.04 (s, 8H) . 3.91 (s, ZN), 2.58 (s, ZN) Synthesis of compound 58 Oh oh Vg intermediate connection J CAS[33332-29-5] EUN, 100°С, 12 noon Intermediate connection VA C1 LDH.HjO, MeOH, H3O, 10 h,, c.t. Intermediate connection BB OH Intermediate Q NATO, NEA, CH2CI2, c.t. 2 hours Compound 58 Preparation of Intermediate BA A mixture of 2-amino-5-chloropyrazine (CAS [33332-29-5], 6 g, 46.31 mmol) and intermediate J (14.52 g, 69.47 mmol) in EtOH (10 mL) was stirred at 100 °C for 12 hours. The solvent was removed under vacuum. The residue was purified by column chromatography (petroleum ether / ethyl acetate=5 / 1). Factions the product was collected and the solvent was evaporated to give intermediate BA, 0.81 g, 7%. Obtaining an intermediate compound BB To a solution of intermediate BA (0.8 g, 3.34 mmol) in MeOH (30 mL) and water (6 mL) was added lithium hydroxide monohydrate (0.7 g, 16.69 mmol). The mixture was stirred at room temperature for 10 hours. The solvent was removed under vacuum. The mixture was acidified with 2N. aqueous solution of HC1 (5 ml) to pH=3~4. The resulting white precipitates were filtered and washed with water (20 ml) to give intermediate BB, 0.65 g, 86%. Getting Compound 58 Accordingly, compound 58 was prepared in the same manner as compound 56 starting from intermediate BB and intermediate Q to give 0.05 g, 29%. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDC1 3 ) 5=9.41(s, 1H) , 8.90(s, 1H) , 7.24(d, H=7.9Hz, 2H) , 7.08(d, J=8.4Hz, 2H ) , 6.49 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 2H) , 6.42 (d, J=8.8 Hz, 2H) , 6.10(br. s . , 1H) , 4.60 ( d, J=5, 3 Hz, 2H) , 4.04 (d, J=3.5 Hz, 8H) , 3.00 (q, J=7.5 Hz, 2H), 1.42 (t, J=7.5 Hz, ZN) 4 p.m., c.t. CAS[203661-69-2] Intermediate connection BC 16 h,, k. t. Intermediate connection BD F F CS2CO3, Cui, L- proline, DMSO, Intermediate connection BE Intermediate connection BF NaCN, TVABg, DMF, 120°С, 10 o'clock Ni Raney, N 2 (15 psi) Intermediate connection BG Intermediate connection HV Compound 59 Obtaining an intermediate connection BC Sodium borohydride (2.13 g, 56.41 mmol) was added to a solution of 7-Boc-7-azaspiro[3.5]nonan-2-one (CAS [203661-69-2], 2.5 g, 10.45 mmol ) in MeOH (30 ml). The mixture was stirred at 25°C for 16 hours. The mixture was concentrated under vacuum. The residue was diluted with ethyl acetate (50 ml), washed with water (2x50 ml) and brine (50 ml). The separated organic layer was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated in vacuo to give intermediate BC, 2.5 g, 99%. Obtaining an Intermediate BD A 4M solution of HCl in EtOAc (5.18 ml, 20.72 mmol) was added to a solution of intermediate BC (2.5 g, 10.36 mmol) in CH2CI2 (100 ml) at 0°C. The solution was stirred at room temperature during the night. The solvent was concentrated under vacuum to obtain intermediate compound BD in the form of hydrochloride salt, 1.84 g, 100%. Preparation of Intermediate BE To a solution of 1-iodo-4-(trifluoromethoxy)benzene (CAS [103962-05-6], 4.48 g, 15.54 mmol) in DMSO (50 ml) was added intermediate BD (1.84 g, 10. 36 mmol), cesium carbonate (8.44 g, 25.9 mmol), L-proline (0.48 g, 4.14 mmol) and copper iodide (0.39 g, 2.07 mmol). The mixture was heated at 90° C. for 18 hours under argon. The mixture was diluted with water (100 ml) and extracted with ethyl acetate (50 ml x3). The organic layer was washed with brine (50 ml), dried over Na 2SO4, filtered and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by column chromatography (petroleum ether / ethyl acetate=4 / 1) to give intermediate BE, 1.5 g, 48%. Obtaining an Intermediate BF Added methanesulfonyl chloride (0.77 ml, 9.96 mmol) to a solution of intermediate BE (1.5 g, 4.98 mmol) and triethylamine (2.78 ml, 19.91 mmol) in CH 2 C1 2 (20 ml). The reaction solution was stirred at room temperature overnight. The mixture was washed with water (100 ml) and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (petroleum ether / ethyl acetate 4 / 1). Pure fractions were collected and evaporated to give intermediate BF, 1.6 g, 85%. Obtaining an Intermediate BG A mixture of intermediate BF (1.6 g, 4.22 mmol), sodium cyanide (0.83 g, 16.87 mmol) and tetrabutylammonium bromide (0.82 g, 2.53 mmol) in DMF (30 ml) was stirred at 120° C. for 10 hours. The mixture was diluted with water (200 ml) and extracted with ethyl acetate (200 ml x3). The organic layers were washed with brine (200 ml), dried over Na 2 SO4, filtered and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (petroleum ether / ethyl acetate 4 / 1). The product fractions were collected and the solvent was evaporated to give intermediate BG, 1.3 g, 99%. Preparation of Intermediate BH Mixture of Intermediate BG (1.3 g, 4.19 mmol) in NH 3 »MeOH (7 M in methanol, 20 ml) was hydrogenated (15 psi) with Raney nickel (1 g) as a catalyst at 25° C. for 16 hours. After absorbing H 2 the catalyst was filtered off and the filtrate was concentrated to give intermediate BH, 1.3 g, 99%. Getting Compound 59 Accordingly, compound 59 was prepared in the same manner as compound 56, starting with 5-methoxy-2-methylpyrazolo[1,5-a]pyridine-3-carboxylic acid CAS [1352395-28-8] and intermediate BH, with obtaining 0.048 g, 36%. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDC1 3 ) 5=8.18 (d, J=1.5 Hz, 1H) , 7.54 (d, J=2.6 Hz, 1H) , 7.08 (d, J=8.8 Hz, 2H) , 6.88 (d, J=8.8 Hz, 2H) . 6.53 (dd, J=2.6, 7.5 Hz, 1H) , 5.66 (br. s., 1H) , 3.90 (s, 3H) . 3.53 (t, J=6.4 Hz, 2H) , 3.16-3.09 (m, 2H) , 3.08-3.02 (t, 2H) , 2, 63-2, 60 (t, ZN) , 2.04 (t, J=10.4 Hz, 2H) , 1.81-1.75 (t, 2H) , 1.72-1.66 (t, 2H) , 1.62 (br. s., 2H) Synthesis of compound 60 Compound 60 Accordingly, compound 60 was prepared in the same manner as compound 59, starting from intermediate L and intermediate BH to give 0.075 g, 45%. г H NMR (400 MHz, CDCI3) 5=9.79 (d, J=2.2 Hz, 1H), 8.56 (d, J=2.2 Hz, 1H), 7.09 (d, J=8.8 Hz, 2H) , 6.89 (d, J=8.8 Hz, 2H) . 5.86 (br. s., 1H) , 3.57 (t, J=6.4 Hz, 2H) , 3.17-3.11 (m, 2H) . 3.10-3.00 (t, 4H) , 2.61 (td, J=8.0, 16.2 Hz, 1H) , 2.11-2.01 (t, 2H) , 1.83-1.77 (t, 2H) , 1.75-1.68 (t, 2H) , 1.64 (t, 2H) , 1.49 (t, J=7.5 Hz , ZN). Compound 61 Accordingly, compound 61 was obtained in the same manner as compound 59, starting from 2-ethyl-5H,6H,7H,8H-imidazo[1,2-a]pyridine-3-carboxylic acid CAS [1529528-99-1] and Intermediate BH to give 0.082 g, 65%. г H NMR (400 MHz, CDC1 3 ) 5=7.09 (d, J=8.5 Hz, 2H), 6.96-6.85 (t, 2H), 5.64 (bg. s . , 1H), 4.20 (t, J=5.9 Hz, 2H), 3.47 (dd, J=5.8, 7.3 Hz, 2H), 3.16-3, 09 (br, 2H), 3.08--3, 02 (m, 2H) , 2.86 (t, H=6.3 Hz, 2H), 2.73 (q, J=7.6 Hz, 2H) , 2.55 (td, J=7.9 , 16.0 Hz, 1H), 2.05-1.98 (t, 2H), 1.97-1.85 (m, 4H) , 1.82-1.74 (m, 2H) , 1, 71-1.67 (w, 2H) , 1.61-1.52 (m, 2H) , 1.30 (t, J=7.7 Hz, ZN). Synthesis of compound 62 CAS[681508-68-9] Diethylcyanomethylphosphonate, L1HMDS, THF, -78°C, 1 hour trimethylsulfoxonium iodide. IBuOK, DMSO. 45°С, 24 hours OCF 3 ----------------- 11intermediate connection BT Intermediate BJ N1 Reney, Hj (15 ft / sq loim) OCF 3 YNzMeON, k. t., 16 I OSC intermediate VK connection HE NATO, DIPEA, DMF. k.t. 16 h. Compound 62 Obtaining an Intermediate BI Connection L1HMDS (19.27 ml, 19.27 mmol) was added to a mixture of diethylcyanomethylphosphonate (3.41 g, 19.27 mmol) in THF (180 ml) at -70° C. under N 2 . The mixture was stirred for 10 minutes. AT the mixture was added 1-[4-(trifluoromethoxy)phenyl]-4-piperidinone (CAS [681508-68-9], 4.5 g, 17.36 mmol) at -78°C. The mixture was stirred for 1 hour at -78°C. The mixture was quenched with a solution of NH 4 C1, extracted with ethyl acetate (300 ml), washed with brine (200 ml), dried over MgSO 4 and filtered. The filtrate was concentrated. The crude product was purified by silica gel column chromatography (ethyl acetate / petroleum ether 0 to 1 / 3). The desired fractions were collected and concentrated to give Intermediate BI, 7.8 g, 72%. Obtaining an Intermediate BJ Trimethylsulfoxonium iodide (5.83 g, 26.5 mmol) was added slowly to a solution of potassium tert-butoxide (2.97 g, 26.5 mmol) in DMSO (50 ml). The mixture was stirred for 1.5 hours at room temperature. A solution of intermediate BI (6.8 g, 24.09 mmol) in DMSO (50 mL) was added to the mixture. The mixture was stirred for 24 hours at 45°C. A saturated solution of NH was added to the mixture. 4 C1 and stirred for 0.5 hour. The mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate (100 ml). The organic layer was washed with brine (70 ml), dried over MgSO 4 and filtered. The filtrate was concentrated. The crude product was purified by silica gel column chromatography (ethyl acetate / petroleum ether 0 to 1 / 3). The desired fractions were collected and concentrated to give Intermediate BJ, 4.5 g, 63%. Obtaining an intermediate connection VK Accordingly, Intermediate BK was prepared in the same manner as Intermediate BH, starting with Intermediate BJ to give 0.18 g, Getting Compound 62 Accordingly, compound 62 was prepared in the same manner as compound 56, starting from 5-methoxy-2-methylpyrazolo[1,5-a]pyridine-3-carboxylic acid CAS [1352395-28-8] intermediate BK, to give 0.04 g, 9%. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDC1 3 ) 5=8.18 (d, J=7.l Hz, 1H), 7.53 (d, J=2.2Hz, 1H) , 7.10(d, J=8.8Hz, 2H) , 6.91(d, J=9.3Hz, 2H), 6.52(dd, J= 2.4, 7.3 Hz, 1H) , 5.73 (br. s., 1H) , 3.89 (s, 3H) , 3.60-3.48 (m, 2H) , 3.34 ( t, J=13.0 Hz, 2H) , 3.17 -3.09 (m, 2H) , 2.63 (s, 3H) , 1.93-1.84 (m, 1H) , 1.80 - -1.73 (m, 1H) J 1.66-1.58 (m, 1H) , 1.42-1.34 (m, 1H), 1.10-1.00 (m, 1H) . o, 67 (dd, J=4.6, 8.2Hz, 1H), 0.36 (t, J=4.9Hz, 1H) Compound 63 Accordingly, compound 63 was obtained in the same way, as compound 62 starting with Intermediate L and Intermediate BK to give 0.019 g, 16%. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDC1 3 ) 5 ppm 9.78 (d, J=2.76 Hz, 1 N) 8.56 (d, J=2.7 6 Hz, 1 N) 7.11 (d, H=8.28 Hz, 2 N ) 6.86-6.96 (t, 2 N) 5.92 (br. s., 1 H) 3.57 (dd,J=7.65, 5, 40 Hz, 2 H) 3.30-3.43 (t, 2 N) 3.09-3.17 (t, 2 N) 3.06 (q, J=7.53 Hz, 2 N) 1.90 (ddd, J=12.92, 9, 16, 3, 26 Hz, 1 N) 1.74-1.83 (t, 1 N) 1.63 (br. s., 1 N) 1.47 (t, J=7.65 Hz, 3 N) 1.30-1.41 (t, 1 N) 0.99-1.10 (t, 1 N) 0.71 (dd, J=8.28, 4.77Hz, 1H) 0.38 (t, J=5.02Hz, 1H) Accordingly, compound 64 was obtained in the same way, as compound 62, starting from 6-ethyl-2-methylimidazo[2,1- b] thiazole-5-carboxylic acid CAS [1131613-58-5] and intermediate VC to give 0.048 g, 32%. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCI3) 5 ppm 7.95 (d, J=1.51 Hz, 1 H) 7, 10 (d, J=8.53 Hz, 2 H) 6.91 (d, J= 8.53 Hz 2 H) 5.72 (br. s . , 1H) 3.45-3.58 (m, 2 H) 3.34 (t, J=13.05 Hz, 2 H) 3.07 -3.18 (t, 2H) 2.89 (q, J=7.53 Hz, 2 H) 2.43 (d, J=l.51 Hz, 3 H) 1.82-1.93 (m, 1 H) 1.69-1 , 80 (m, 1 H) 1.63 (br. s., 1 H) 1.38 (t, J=7, 65 Hz, 3 H) l.30 (t, J=7.65 Hz, 1 H) 0.97-1.07 (m, 1H) 0.68 (dd, J=8.91, 4.39Hz, 1H) 0.35 (t, J=4.89Hz, 1H) Synthesis of compound 65 N CAS[1529528-99-1] Intermediate I Solution Compound 65 2-ETHYL-5H,6H,7H,8H-imidazo[1,2-а]pyridine-3- carboxylic acid (CAS [1529528-99-1], 0.18 g, 0.41 mmol), HATU (0.204 g, 0.54 mmol), diisopropylethylamine (0.139 g, 1.08 mmol) in DMF (5 ml) was stirred for 30 minutes at 25°C. Intermediate I (0.15 g, 0.41 mmol) was added to the mixture and the mixture was stirred for 2 hours at 25°C. The crude product was purified by high performance liquid chromatography on a Waters Xbridge Prep OBD (eluent: 0.05% ammonia in water / acetonitrile 25 / 75 to 5 / 95). The desired fractions were collected and lyophilized to give Compound 65 0.035 g, 29%. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDC1 3 ) 5 ppm 7.27-7.31 (w, 2 H) 7.19 (d, J=8.03 Hz, 2 H) 7.06 (d, J=8.28 Hz, 2 H) 6, 37-6, 42 (w, 2 H) 5.92 (br. s., 1 N) 4.58 (d, J=5.77 Hz, 2 N) 4.23 (t, J=5.77 Hz, 2 N) 4.01 (s, 2 N) 3.79 (s, 2 N) 3.47 (quin, J=8.72 Hz, 1 N) 2.86 (t, J=6.40 Hz, 2 H) 2.71 (q, J=7.70 Hz, 2 H) 2.61-2.68 (br, 2 H) 2.31- 2.39 (br, 2 N) 1.83-2.00 (br, 4 N) 1.25 (t, J=7, 65 Hz, 3 N) intermediate connection L Intermediate AD connection NATO, DIPEA, DMF, c.t., 2 hours A mixture of intermediate L (0.011 g, 0.049 mmol), intermediate AD (0.02 g, 0.049 mmol), HATU (0.024 g, 0.063 mmol), and diisopropylethylamine (0.032 g, 0.245 mmol) in dichloromethane (1 mL) was stirred at room temperature for 2 hours. The mixture was concentrated under vacuum. Ethyl acetate (20 ml) was added and the mixture was washed with water (2x20 ml) and brine (20 ml). The separated organic layer was dried over magnesium sulfate, filtered and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by high performance liquid chromatography on Phenomenex Gemini C18 250 x 21.2 mm x 5 µm (eluent: water (0.05% ammonia hydroxide v / v) / methanol 25 / 75 to 5 / 95). The desired fractions were collected and lyophilized to give compound 66, 0.011 g, 37%. Synthesis of compound 67 Intermediate I CAS[1131613-58-5] A mixture of 6-ethyl-2-methylimidazo[2,1-b]thiazole-5-carboxylic acids (CAS [1131613-58-5], 0.038 g, 0.18 mmol), HATU (0.082 g, 0.22 mmol) and diisopropylethylamine (0.056 g, 0.43 mmol) in DMF (20 ml) were stirred for 30 minutes at 25°C. Intermediate I (0.06 g, 0.17 mmol) was added to the mixture and the mixture was stirred for 2 hours at 25°C. The mixture was concentrated under vacuum. The crude product was purified by high performance liquid chromatography on Phenomenex Gemini (water (0.05% HC1) / ACN 60 / 40 to 30 / 70). The desired fractions were collected and lyophilized to give compound 67, 0.036 g, 33%. г H NMR (400 MHz, CHLOROFORM-d) 5=7.98 (s, 1H) , 7.28 (d, J=7.5 Hz, 2H) , 7.18 (d, J=7.9 Hz, 2H ) , 7.04 (d, J=8.8 Hz, 2H) , 6.38 (d, J=8.8 Hz, 2H) 5.96 (br. s., 1H) 4.62 (d, J=5.7 Hz, 2H) . 3.99 (s, 2H) , 3.77 (s, 2H) , 3.45 (quin, J=8.8 Hz, 1H) , 2.84 (q, J \u003d 7.5 Hz, 2H) , 2.67-2.59 (m, 2H) , 2.47-2.38 (t, ZN) , 2.36-2.29 (t, 2N), 1.40-1.29 (t, ZN) Synthesis of compound 68 F Compound 68 Diisopropylethylamine (0.512 ml, 2.98 mmol) and HATU (0.588 g, 1.55 mmol) were added successively to a solution of 6-ethyl-2-methylimidazo[2,1-b]thiazole-5-carboxylic acid (CAS [1131613— 58-5], 0.25 g, 1.19 mmol) in DMF (30 ml). The resulting mixture was stirred at room temperature for 30 minutes, after which intermediate Q (0.432 g, 1.19 mmol) was added and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 4 hours. The reaction mixture was evaporated in vacuo to dryness, diluted with EtOAc and washed with brine (twice). The organic layer was dried over MgSCq, filtered and evaporated to give 1.1 g as a brown oil. The crude product was purified by preparative LC (SiOH with regular grains 30 μm, 40 g Interchim, dry-loaded (Celite®), mobile phase gradient: CH 2 C1 2 / MeOH from 100:0 to 95:5) to give 0.203 g as an off-white foam which was triturated in Et 2 O, filtered and dried under high vacuum to give 0.151 g of compound 68 as an off-white solid (23%). г H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d 6) 5ppm 8.02 (t, J=5.8Hz, 1H) . 7.87 (d, J=1.5 Hz, 1 H) , 7.16 (dd, J=8.6, 3.5 Hz, 4 H) , 6.49 (d, J=8.0 Hz, 2H), 6.42 (d, J=8.6 Hz, 2H) , 4.35 (d, J=6.l Hz, 2H) , 3.94 (s , 4 H) 4.00 (s, 4 H) , 2.84 (q, J=7.4 Hz, 2 H) , 2.41 (d, J=l, 5 Hz, 3 H) , 1, 19 (t, J=7.6 Hz, 3 N) • Synthesis of compound 69, compound 70 and compound 71 HCHO, NaBHjCN, AsON, MeON, k.t., 10 h. intermediate connection J CAS |'5(M9-61-b| Intermediate connection BI, Intermediate connection VM Intermediate connection BN LiOH.HcO, Meon, SHO, k.t., 10 h. - VO connection Preparation of Intermediate BL A mixture of 2-aminopyrazine (CAS [5049-61-6], 12 g, 126.18 mmol) and intermediate J (39.6 g, 189.27 mmol) in EtOH (10 mL) was stirred at 100°C for 12 hours The solvent was removed under vacuum. The crude product was purified by column chromatography (petroleum ether / ethyl acetate=5 / 1~1 / 1). The product fractions were collected and the solvent was evaporated to give Intermediate BL, 2g, 8%. Obtaining an intermediate connection VM To a solution of intermediate BL (5 g, 24.36 mmol) in MeOH (20 ml) was added platinum dioxide (500 mg) under N 2 , after which a drop of conc. HC1. The suspension was degassed under vacuum and purged several times with H 2 . The mixture was stirred under H 2 (15 psi) at 25°C for 10 hours. The suspension was filtered through a layer of Celite® and the layer was washed with methanol (50 ml). United filtrates concentrated to dryness to give intermediate BM, 5 g, 98%. Preparation of Intermediate BN To a solution of intermediate BM (5 g, 23.89 mmol) in MeOH (75 ml) was added an aqueous solution of formaldehyde (9.7 g, 119.47 mmol, 37%) at 0°C followed by the addition of sodium borocyanohydride (7.5 g, 119.47 mmol) and a drop of acetic acid (0.2 ml). The mixture was then stirred at room temperature overnight. 10% NH solution was added dropwise 4 C1 (25 ml). The mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate, the combined organic layers were washed with brine, dried over Na 2 SO 4 , filtered and the solvent was evaporated under vacuum. The residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (dichloromethane / methanol=15:1 to 10:1) to give intermediate BN, 1.3 g, 24%. Obtaining an intermediate BO To a solution of intermediate BN (0.55 g, 2.46 mmol) in MeOH (25 ml) and water (5 ml) was added lithium hydroxide monohydrate (0.52 g, 12.32 mmol). The mixture was stirred at room temperature for 10 hours. The solvent was removed under vacuum until dry. The residue was purified by high performance liquid chromatography (DuraShell 150 x 25 mm x 5 μm, 25 ml / min, water (containing 0.05% HCl) / acetonitrile 100 / 0 to 70 / 30). The desired fractions were collected and evaporated to remove the acetonitrile under vacuum. The residue was lyophilized to give intermediate BO, 0.4 g, 78%. Getting Compound 69 A solution of intermediate BO (0.04 g, 0.19 mmol), HATU (0.095 g, 0.25 mmol), diisopropylethylamine (0.064 g, 0.5 mmol) in DMF (5 ml) was stirred for 30 minutes at 2 5°С. Intermediate I (0.069 g, 0.19 mmol) was added to the mixture and the mixture was stirred for 2 hours at 25°C. The crude product was purified by high performance liquid chromatography on a Waters Xbridge Prep OBD (eluent: 0.05% ammonia in water / acetonitrile 50 / 50 to 20 / 80). The desired fractions were collected and lyophilized to give compound 69, 0.053 g, 50%. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDC1 3 ) 5 ppm 7.27-7.31 (m, 2 N) 7.17- 7.22(m, 2H) 7.06(d, J=8.28Hz, 2H) 6.37-6.42(m, 2H) 5.94 (br. s., 1 H) 4.58 (d, J=5.52 Hz, 2 H) 4.32 (t, J=5, 65 Hz, 2 H) 4.01 (s, 2 N) 3.79 (s, 2 N) 3.65 (s, 2 N) 3.39-3.53 (m, 1 N) 2.80 (t, J=5, 65 Hz, 2 H) 2.72 (q, J=7.70 Hz, 2 H) 2.61 -2.68 (m, 2 H) 2.47 (s, 3 H) 2.29-2.40 (m, 2 H) 1.26 (t, J=7.53 Hz, 3 H) Obtaining Compound 70 Accordingly, compound 70 was prepared in the same manner as compound 69, starting with intermediate BO and intermediate Q to give 0.06 g, 50%. г H NMR (400 MHz, CDCI3) 5=7.21 (d, J=8.3 Hz, 2H), 7.09 (d, J=8.3 Hz, 2H) , 6.45 (dd, J=8.5, 17.8 Hz, 4H) , 5.85 (br. s., 1H) . 4.50 (d, J=5.5 Hz, 2H) , 4.32 (t, J=5.4 Hz, 2H) , 4.04 (s, 8H) , 3.65 (s, 2H) , 2.80 (t, J=5.6 Hz, 2H) , 2.70 (q, J=7.4 Hz, 2H) . 2.48 (s, ZN), 1.24 (t, J=7.5 Hz, ZN). Obtaining Compound 71 Accordingly, compound 71 was prepared in the same manner as compound 69 starting from intermediate BO and intermediate V to give 0.035 g, 38%. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCI3) 5 ppm 7.10-7.23 (m, 6 H) 6.45 (d, J=7.94 Hz, 2 H) 5.83 (br. s., 1 H) 4.48 (d, J=5.29 Hz, 2 H) 4.32 (t, J=5.51 Hz , 2 H) 4.01 (s, 2 H) 3.80 (s, 2 H) 3.64 (s, 2 H) 3.43-3.50 (m, 1 H) 2.79 (t, J=5.51Hz, 2H) 2.67(dt, J=15.33, 7.99Hz, 4H) 2.47(s, 3H) 2.28-2.39(m, 2H ) 1.23 (t, J=7.50 Hz, 3 H) Synthesis of compound 72, compound 73 and compound 74 PP11z, DIAD, CAS[1147557-97-8] toluene, k.t., 16 hours CAS [402-45-9] Intermediate connection BP nsoon, 12 noon, c.t. Intermediate BQ CAS [3058-39-7] Pdztdbab. tBuONa, BINAP, EtaN, toluene, 110°C, 16 h. O h Ni Raney, H? (15 psi) NHaMeOH, rt, 16 hours Intermediate BR BS connection Preparation of Intermediate BP DIAD (1.40 g, 6.92 mmol) in toluene (10 ml) was added to a solution of tert-butyl-6-hydroxy-2-azaspiro[3.3]heptan-2- carboxylate (CAS [1147557-97-8], 1.2 g, 5.63 mmol), 4-(trifluoromethyl)phenol (CAS [402-45-9], 1.10 g, 6.75 mmol), and triphenylphosphine (2.31 g, 8.80 mmol) in toluene (40 ml) at 0°C under N flow 2 . The mixture was stirred overnight at room temperature. The mixture was concentrated. The crude product was purified by silica gel column chromatography (petroleum ether / ethyl acetate 1 / 0 to 3 / 1). The desired fraction was collected and concentrated to give intermediate BP, 2 g, 99%. Obtaining an intermediate BO Mixture of Intermediate BP (2 g, 5.60 mmol) in formic acid (10 ml) was stirred for 12 hours. The mixture was concentrated to give intermediate BQ 1.4 g, 97%. Obtaining an Intermediate BR Intermediate BQ solution (1.4 g, 5.44 mmol), 4-iodobenzonitrile (CAS [3058-39-7], 0.99 g, 5.44 mmol), BINAP (0.203 g, 0.33 mmol) , PcMdbaJs (0.1 g, 0.11 mmol), sodium tert-butoxide (1.57 g, 16.33 mmol) and triethylamine (0.38 ml) in toluene (50 ml) was stirred overnight at 110° C in N flow 2 . The mixture was concentrated. The residue was dissolved in CH2CI2 (100 ml) and water (100 ml). The organic layer was washed with brine (100 ml), dried over MgSO4 and filtered. The filtrate was concentrated. The crude product was purified by silica gel column chromatography (ethyl acetate / petroleum ether 0 to 1 / 5). The desired fractions were collected and concentrated to give intermediate BR, 1.8 g, 92%. Preparation of Intermediate BS Mixture of intermediate BR (0.2 g, 0.5-6 mmol) in 7N ammonia in methanol (20 ml) was hydrogenated using Raney Nickel (20 mg) as a catalyst at 25°C (15 psi) for 16 hours. After absorbing H 2 the catalyst was filtered off and the filtrate was concentrated to give intermediate BS, 0.2 g, 99%. Obtaining Compound 73 Compound 73 CF 3 A solution of intermediate L (0.112 g, 0.25 mmol), HATU (0.122 g, 0.32 mmol), diisopropylethylamine (0.083 g, 0.65 mmol) in DMF (10 ml) was stirred for 30 minutes at 25°C . Intermediate BS (0.09 g, 0.25 mmol) was added to the mixture and the mixture was stirred for 2 hours at 25°C. The mixture was concentrated under vacuum. The crude product was purified by high performance liquid chromatography on Phenomenex Gemini (eluent: 0.05% ammonia in water / acetonitrile from 35 / 65 to 5 / 95). The desired fractions were collected and lyophilized to give compound 73, 0.016 g, 11%. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDC1 3 ) 5 ppm 9.83 (d, J=2.65 Hz, 1 N) 8.47-8.60(m, 1 N) 7.53 (d, J=8.38 Hz, 2 N) 7, 22 (d, J=7.94 Hz, 2 N) 6.86 (d, J=8.38 Hz, 2 N) 6.45 (d, J=8.38 Hz, 2 N) 6.05 ( br. s., 1 H) 4.63-4.71 (m, 1 H) 4.58 (d, J=5.29 Hz, 2H) 3.95 (s, 2 H) 3.90 (s , 2 H) 2.98 (q, J=7.50 Hz, 2 H) 2.76-2.84 (m, 2 H) 2.39-2.47 (m, 2 H) 1.42 ( t, J=7.50Hz, 3H) Obtaining compound 72 Compound 72 Accordingly, compound 72 was prepared in the same manner as compound 73, starting with 6-chloro-2-ethylimidazo[3,2-a]pyridine-3-carboxylic acid CAS [1216142-18-5] and intermediate BS, with obtaining 0.035 g, 28%. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCI3) 5 ppm 9.52 (s, 1 H) 7.53 (d, J=8.38 Hz, 3 H) 7.29 (dd, J=9.48, 1.98 Hz, 1 H) 7.23 (d, J=8.38 Hz, 2 H) 6.86 (d, J=8.82 Hz, 2 H) 6.46 (d, J=8.38 Hz, 2 H) 5.99 (br. s., 1 H) 4, 64-4, 70 (m, 1 H) 4.58 (d, J=5.29 Hz, 2 H) 3.95 (s, 2 H) 3.90 (s, 2 H) 2.94 (q, J=7, 50 Hz, 2 N) 2.80 (ddd, J=10.47, 6, 95, 2.87 Hz, 2 N) 2.43(ddd, J=10.25, 6, 73, 3.31 Hz, 2 N) 1.38 (t, J=7.50 Hz, 3 N) Getting Compound 74 Accordingly, compound 74 was prepared in the same manner as compound 73, starting from intermediate BO and intermediate BS to give 0.064 g, 70%. NaOtBu, PhOAg^, Xanthos, dioxane, 100°С, 2 h. Intermediate connection BT CAS [885270-86-0] CAS [407-14-7] Intermediate connection BU Intermediate connection BV CAS [623-00-7] NaOtBu, Pd(OAc)2, Xanthos, dioxane, 100°С, 2 h. Compound 75 Preparation of Intermediate BT 6-Boc-2,6-diazaspiro[3.4]octane solution (CAS [885270-86-0], 0.5 g, 2.36 mmol), 1-bromo-4-(trifluoromethoxy)benzene (CAS [407- 14-7], 525 μl, 3.53 mmol) and sodium tert-butoxide (0.453 g, 4.71 mmol) in 1,4-dioxane (25 ml) in a Schlenk reactor was purged with N 2 . Palladium(II) acetate (52.9 mg, 0.236 mmol) and Xanthos (0.136 g, 0.236 mmol) were then added and the mixture was again purged with N 2 and stirred at 10 0°C for 2 hours. combined, filtered through a layer of Celite®. The precipitate was washed with EtOAc and the filtrate was evaporated in vacuo to give 1.2 g as a brown solid. The residue was purified by preparative LC (irregular SiOH, 15-40 µm, 50 g, Merck, dry run (Celite®), mobile phase gradient: heptane / EtOAc 95 / 5 to 60 / 40) to give 0.756 g of intermediate compounds BT as an off-white solid (80%). Obtaining an intermediate VC connection To a solution of intermediate BT (0.706 g, 1.90 mmol) in CH 2 C1 2 (20 ml) was added trifluoroacetic acid (7.25 ml, 94.7 mmol) (the reaction mixture turned brown) and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 20 minutes. The mixture was poured into sat. NaHCOs solution. The layers were separated and the aqueous layer was extracted with CH 2 C1 2 . The combined organic layers were dried over MgSO 4 , filtered and evaporated in vacuo to give a brown oil which was triturated in Et 2 O and filtered to give 0.519 g of intermediate BU as an off-white powder (98%). Preparation of Intermediate BV A solution of intermediate BU (0.5 g, 1.84 mmol), 4-bromobenzonitrile (CAS [623-00-7], 0.5 g, 2.76 mmol) and sodium tert-butoxide (0.53 g, 5.51 mmol) in 1,4-dioxane (20 ml) was purged with N 2 in a closed tube. Palladium(II) acetate (0.041 g, 0.184 mmol) and Xanthos (0.106 g, 0.184 mmol) were then added and the mixture was again purged with N 2and stirred at 100° C. for 3 hours. The mixture was cooled to room temperature, filtered through a pad of Celite® and the precipitate was washed with EtOAc. The filtrate was evaporated in vacuo to give a brown oil. The residue was purified by preparative LC (irregular SiOH, 15-40 µm, 40 g, Grace, dry-loaded (Celite®), mobile phase gradient: heptane / EtOAc 95 / 5 to 50 / 50) to give 0.429 g of yellow oil (which crystallized on standing). The oil was purified using reverse phase (stationary phase: YMC-actus Triart-C18 10 µm 30x150 mm, mobile phase: gradient from (0.2% aq. MN 4 HCO3 / CAN 50 / 50 to 0 / 100) to give 0.328 g of intermediate BV as a yellow solid (48%). Obtaining an intermediate connection BW To a solution of intermediate BV (0.28 g, 0.75 mmol) in 7 M ammonia in methanol (7.8 ml) in an autoclave was added Raney nickel and the mixture was hydrogenated at room temperature at 2 bar for 1 h. The mixture was filtered through a layer of Celite® and the precipitate was washed with MeOH. The filtrate was evaporated in vacuo to give a black solid which was solubilized in EtOAc, filtered and the filtrate was evaporated to give 0.244 g of Intermediate BW as a white solid (86%) . Obtaining Compound 75 6-Chloro-2-ethylimidazo[3,2-a]pyridine-3-carboxylic acid solution (CAS [1216142-18-5], 0.155 g, 0.647 mmol), Intermediate BW (0.244 g, 0.647 mmol), HATU (0.271 g, 0.712 mmol) and diisopropylethylamine (0.286 ml, 1.68 mmol) in DMF (6.5 ml) were stirred at room temperature overnight. The mixture was heated at 50° C. for 2 hours. The mixture was cooled to room temperature and evaporated in vacuo to give 980 mg of a black oil. The residue was purified by preparative LC (irregular SiOH, 15-40 µm, 50 g, Merck, dry run (Celite®), mobile phase gradient: heptane / EtOAc 95 / 5 to 50 / 50) to give 0.254 g of residue as a yellow solid. Residue was purified with reversed phase (C18 spherical, 25 µm, 40 g YMC-ODS-25, dry loaded (Celite®), mobile phase gradient: (0.2% aq. NH 4 HCO3 / MeCN 30 / 70 to 0 / 100) to give a white solid which was triturated in pentane, filtered and evaporated in vacuo (50° C., 16 h) to give 0.156 g of compound 75 as a white solid ( 41%). г H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d 6 ) 5 ppm 9.06 (s, 1 H) , 8.35 (br t, J=5.8 Hz, 1 H), 7.65 (d, J=9.6 Hz, 1 H), 7. 44 (dd, J=9.6.2, o Hz, 1 H) , 7.20 (br d, J=8, 1 Hz, 2 H ), 7.16 (br d, J=8.6 Hz . 2 H) . 6.53 (br d, J=8.6 Hz, 2 H ), 6.49 (br d, J=8. 6 Hz, 2 H) . 4. 40 (d, J=6 , 1 Hz H) , 3, .82 (s, 4 H) , 3.46 (s, 2 H ), 3.25-3.29 ( m, 2 H) , 2.96 (q, J=7.4 Hz, 2 H) , 2.23 (t, J=6.8 Hz, 2 H) , 1.25 (t, J=7.6Hz, 3N) CAS [623-00-7] CAS [885270-86-0] NaOBu.PcKOAcfe, Xanthos, dioxane, 100°С. 2 hours VX connection IFACH^t k. t 20 min. Intermediate BY CAS I07-14-71, NaOtBu, P<COAc)g, Xanthos, disgsay, 10GS, 2 h. 7MMN1VMeON Ni Raney, N 2 2 bar, 1 hour OCFj intermediate BZ connection Intermediate CA NATO, DIPEA, DMF, 50*C. 2 h.. Compound 76 Preparation of Intermediate BX Accordingly, intermediate BX was prepared in the same manner as intermediate BT starting from 6-Boc-2,6-diazaspiro[3.4]octane CAS [885270-86-0] and 4-bromobenzonitrile CAS [623-00-7 ], yielding 0.673 g, 84%. Getting an intermediate connection BY Accordingly, Intermediate BY was prepared in the same manner as Intermediate BU, starting with Intermediate BX to give 0.312 g, 80%. Preparation of Intermediate BZ Accordingly, Intermediate BZ was prepared in the same manner as Intermediate BV, starting from Intermediate BY and 1-bromo-4-(trifluoromethoxy)benzene CAS [407-14-7] to give 0.369 g, 73%. Preparation of Intermediate CA Accordingly, Intermediate CA was prepared in the same manner as Intermediate BW, starting with Intermediate BZ to give 0.2 g, 56%. Preparation of compound 76 Accordingly, compound 76 was prepared in the same manner as compound 75, starting with 6-chloro-2-ethylimidazo[3,2-a]pyridine-3-carboxylic acid CAS [1216142-18-5] and intermediate CA, with obtaining 0.078 g, 30%. г H NMR (500 MHz, DMSO-d 6 ) 5 ppm 9.07 (s, 1 H) , 8.41 (t, J=6.2 Hz, 1 H) , 7.67 (d, J=9.5 Hz, 1 H) , 7.46 (dd, J=9.6, 1.7 Hz, 1 H) , 7.21 (m, J=8.2 Hz, 2 H) , 7.15 (br d, J=8, 8 Hz, 2 H) , 6.57 (d, J=9, 1 Hz, 2 H) , 6.46 (m, J=8.2 Hz, 2 H) , 4.42 (d, J=5.6 Hz, 2H), 3.79(s, 4H), 3.47(s, 2H), 3.30-3.33(m, 2H), 2.97 (q, J=7.4 Hz, 2 H) , 2.24 (t, J=7 , 0 Hz, 2 H) , 1.26 (t, J=7.4 Hz, 3H) Synthesis of compound 77 intermediate AF connection Intermediate M Pd(dba)2, X-phos, t-BuONa, dioxane, 100°C, microwave, 1 h. Compound 77 Solution of Intermediate AG (0.1 g, 0.574 mmol), Intermediate M (0.28 g, 0.631 mmol), X-phos (0.033 g, 0.069 mmol), Pd(dba) 2 (0.02 g, 0.034 mmol) and sodium tert-butoxide (0.221 g, 2.30 mmol) in dioxane (4 ml) were heated by microwave radiation at 100°C for 1 hour under N 2 . The mixture was concentrated. The crude product was purified by Gemini high performance liquid chromatography (eluent: NH solution 3 in water / acetonitrile from 45 / 55 to 45 / 55). The desired fractions were collected and concentrated to give compound 77, 0.0076 g, 3%. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CHLOROFORM-d) 5 ppm 9.53 (d, J=l.25 Hz, 1 H) 8.47 (s, 2H) 7.50-7.56 (m, 2 H) 7.30 (d, J=2.01 Hz, 1 H) 7.28 (d, J=2.01Hz, 1H) 7.25 (s, 1H) 7.23 (s, 1H) 6.47 (d, J=8.53 Hz, 2H) 5.99(s, 1H) 4.59(d, J=5.27Hz, 2H) 4.04(s, 2H) 3.83 (s, 2H) 3.50 (t, J=8.78Hz, 1H) 2.95 (q, J=7.53Hz, 2H) 2.63-2.75(m, 2H) 2.30-2.44(m, 2H) 1.39(t, J=7, 65Hz, 3H) HN' Vg. t-BuONa, PD2(dba)3, BINAP. toluene, HCRS, overnight Ni Raney, Hj (15 psi) NWMeOH N To Intermediate connection CB H 2 one intermediate SS connection CAS [623-00-7] N HATU, DIEA, DMF CAS [1354963-09-5] Preparation of Intermediate CB 2-fluoro-6-azaspiro[3.3]heptane solution (CAS [1354953-09-5], 0.8 g, 6.95 mmol), 4-bromobenzonitrile (CAS [623-00-7], 1.265 g, 6.95 mmol), BINAP (0.26 g, 0.42 mmol), Pd 2 (dba) 3 (0.127 g, 0.14 mmol), sodium tert-butoxide (2 g, 20.84 mmol) and triethylamine (0.48 ml) in toluene (50 ml) was stirred overnight at 110°C in a stream of N 2 . The mixture was concentrated. The residue was dissolved in CH 2 C1 2 (300 ml) and water (150 ml). The organic layer was washed with brine (150 ml), dried over magnesium sulfate and filtered. The filtrate was concentrated. The crude product was purified by silica gel column chromatography (eluent: 0 to 1 / 5 ethyl acetate / petroleum ether). The desired fractions were collected and concentrated to give intermediate CB, 1 g, 66%. Preparation of Intermediate CC A mixture of intermediate CB (0.45 g, 2.08 mmol) in 7 M ammonia in MeOH (20 mL) was hydrogenated with Raney nickel (40 mg) as a catalyst at 25°C (H 2 , 15 psi inch) within 16 hours. After absorbing H 2 the catalyst was filtered off and the filtrate was concentrated to give intermediate CC, 0.45 g, 98%. Getting Compound 78 A solution of intermediate BO (0.048 g, 0.23 mmol), HATU (0.112 g, 0.3 mmol), diisopropylethylamine (0.076 g, 0.59 mmol) in DMF (10 ml) was stirred for 30 minutes at 25°C . Intermediate CC (0.05 g, 0.23 mmol) was added to the mixture and the mixture was stirred for 2 hours at 25°C. Crude the product was purified by high performance liquid chromatography on Phenomenex Gemini (eluent: 0.05% ammonia in water / methanol 30 / 70 to 0 / 100). The desired fractions were collected and lyophilized to give compound 78, 0.0134 g, 14%. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CHLOROFORM-d) 5 ppm 7.18 (d, J=8.53 Hz, 2 H) 6.38-6.45 (m, 2 H) 5.83 (br. s., 1 H) 4.86-5.09 (m, 1 H) 4.48 (d, J=5.52 Hz , 2 H) 4.31 (t, J=5.65 Hz, 2 H) 3.88 (s, 2 H) 3.84 (s, 2 H) 3.64 (s, 2 H) 2.79 (t, J=5.52 Hz, 2 H) 2.67-2.71 (m, 2 N) 2.60 -2.67 (m, 2 N) 2.38-2.50 (m, 5 N) 1.22 (t, J=7.53 Hz, 3 H) Synthesis of compound 7 9 C.I. CAS [211308-81-5] CAS [3002-24-2] Intermediate CD Intermediate CE NaOH, 1bO, 80°С, 16 h. Intermediate CF HATU, DIEA, DMF.RT Compound 79 Preparation of Intermediate CP Mixture of 5-chloro-3-iodopyridine-2-amine (CAS [211308-81-5], 4 g, 15.72 mmol), 2,4-hexanedione (CAS [3002-24-2], 4.50 g , 34.58 mmol), cesium carbonate (5.12 g, 15.71 mmol), BINOL (900.20 mg, 3.14 mmol) and copper iodide (299.39 mg, 1.57 mmol) in DMSO (50 ml) were stirred within 15 hours in N flow 2 . Salt solution and ethyl acetate were added to the mixture. The organic layer was separated, washed with brine, dried over MgSO4 and filtered. The filtrate was concentrated. The crude product was purified by silica gel column chromatography (eluent: 0 to 1 / 1 ethyl acetate / hexane). The desired fractions were collected and concentrated to give intermediate CD, 2.5 g, 67% Preparation of intermediate CE Sodium hydride (0.354 g, 8.85 mmol) was added to a solution of intermediate CD (2.2 g, 7.38 mmol) in THE (40 ml) at 0°C. After stirring for 30 minutes, methyl iodide (1.26 g, 8.85 mmol) was added. The mixture was heated to 25°C and stirred for 3 hours. The reaction mixture was poured into ice water. The mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate (50 ml x2). The organic layers were combined, washed with brine, dried over MgSO4 and filtered. The filtrate was concentrated. The crude product was purified by silica gel column chromatography (eluent: 0 to 1 / 3 ethyl acetate / petroleum ether). The filtrate was concentrated to give intermediate CE, 1.6 g, 86%. Preparation of intermediate CE A mixture of intermediate CE (1.6 g, 6.33 mmol) in aqueous sodium hydroxide (5 g, 62.51 mmol, 50% in H 2 O) stirred overnight at 80°C. Thin layer chromatography (eluent: ethyl acetate / petroleum ether=1 / 3) showed that the starting material had been consumed. The mixture was concentrated. The mixture was extracted with methyl tert-butyl ether (25 ml x2). The aqueous layers were extracted with a solution (ethyl acetate / petroleum ether=1 / 3) (2x50 ml). With the help of 1 n. HC1 adjusted the pH of the aqueous layers to 4. The residue was filtered and concentrated to give intermediate CE, 1.3 g, 86%. Getting Compound 79 A solution of intermediate CE (0.06 g, 0.25 mmol), HATU (0.123 g, 0.33 mmol), diisopropylethylamine (0.08 g, 0.62 mmol) in DMF (10 ml) was stirred for 30 minutes at 25°C. Intermediate Q (0.1 g, 0.28 mmol) was added to the mixture and the mixture was stirred for 2 hours at 25°C. The mixture was concentrated under vacuum. The crude product was purified by high performance liquid chromatography on Gemini (eluent: 0.05% ammonia / methanol 40 / 60 to 10 / 90). The desired fractions were collected and concentrated to give compound 79, 0.052 g, 36%. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CHLOROFORM-d) 5 ppm 8.22 (d, J=l.76 Hz, 1 H) 7.91 (d, J=l.76 Hz, 1 H) 7.28 (s, 2 N) 7.08 (d, J=8.82 Hz, 2 N) 6.49 (d, 7=8.38 Hz, 2 H) 6.42(d, 7=8.82 Hz, 2 H) 5.89 (br. s., 1 H) 4.59 (d, <7=5.29 Hz, 2 H) 4.04 (d, 7=2.21 Hz, 7H) 3.83 (s, 3 H) 3.21 (q, 7=7.50Hz, 2H) 1.33 (t, 7=7.72Hz, 3H) Synthesis of compound 80 Cl. CAS[1784796-04-8] HATH, DIEA, DMF, RT Compound 80 5-Chloro-2-ethyl-1-methylindole-3-carboxylic acid solution (CAS [1784796-04-8], 0.131 g, 0.55 mmol), HATU (0.272 g, 0.72 mmol), diisopropylethylamine (0.185 g, 1.43 mmol) in DMF (10 ml) was stirred for 30 minutes at 25°C. Intermediate Q (0.1 g, 0.2-8 mmol) was added to the mixture and the mixture was stirred for 2 hours at 25°C. The mixture was concentrated under vacuum. The residue was purified by high performance liquid chromatography on Waters Xbridge Prep OBD C18 150x30x5 µm (eluent: NH solution 3 in water / acetonitrile from 70 / 65 to 40 / 95). The desired fractions were collected and lyophilized to give compound 80, 0.0423 g, 13%. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CHLOROFORM-d) 5 ppm 7.62 (d, 7=1.76 Hz, 1 H) 7.28 (d, 7=8.53 Hz, 2 H) 7.22-7, 25 (m, 1 N) 7.14-7.19 (t, 1 N) 7.08 (d, 7=8.78 Hz, 2 N) 6.49 (d, 7=8.53 Hz, 2 N ) 6.42 (d, 7=9.03 Hz, 2 H) 6.01 (br. s., 1 H) 4.61 (d, 7=5.52 Hz, 2 H) 4.04 (s , 8 N) 3.72 (s, 3 N) 3.19 (q, 7=7.19 Hz, 2 H)l.30 (t, 7=7.53 Hz, 3 N) Synthesis of compound 81 ci H.N. CAS[1263178-15-9] Pd(dba) 2 , X-phos, t-BuONa, dioxane, ] 00°, microwave, 1 h. Compound 81 A solution of intermediate M (0.1 g, 0.23 mmol), 2-fluoro-7-azaspiro[3.5]nonane (CAS [1263178-15-9], 0.049 g, 0.23 mmol), X-phos (0.0105 g, 0.022 mmol), Pd(dba)2 (0.0065 g, 0.011 mmol) and sodium tert-butoxide (0.055 g, 0.57 mmol) in dioxane (3 ml) was heated by microwave radiation at 100°C for 1 hours in the atmosphere N 2 . The mixture was concentrated. crude product purified by high performance liquid chromatography on Gemini (C18 150x25 mm x10 µm, 25 ml / min., eluent: NH solution 3 in water / acetonitrile from 45 / 55 to 45 / 55). The required fractions were collected and concentrated to give compound 81, 0.0073 g, г H NMR (400 MHz, CDC1 3 )59.53 (d, J = 1.5 Hz, 1H), 7.54 (d, J \u003d 9.5 Hz, 1H), 7.33-7.26 (m, ZH) , 6.95 (d, J \u003d 8.6 Hz, 2H), 6.02 (br. s., 1H) . 5.86 (tdd, J=1.4, 10, 0.17.1 Hz, 1H), 5.20-5.08 (t, 2H), 4.61 (d, J=5.5 Hz, 2H), 3.50 (d, J = 12.3 Hz, 2H) , h, 10 (dt, J = 2.4, 12.2 Hz, 21 I) , 2.96 (q, J = 7 .5 Hz, 2H), 2.47-2.34 (m, 2H) , 1.99-1.63 (m, 4H), 1.39 (:t, J = 7.5 Hz, ZN) Synthesis of compound 82 CAS[504-29-0] BFjOEtj, THF from 5°C to r.t. Intermediate CG Per (1 bar) HC1, PtO 2 , MeON, k. t. Intermediate CH connection LiOH-H,O y,OLi IT SMR intermediate CI connection CAS [4949-44-4] NATO, DIE-A, DMF, Ph.D. F F Compound 82 Preparation of Intermediate CG 2-aminopyridine solution (CAS [504-29-0], 4.0 g; 42.5 mmol) in THE (220 ml) was cooled to 5°C, after which ethyl propionyl acetate (CAS [4949-44-4], 6.1 ml; 42.5 mmol), iodobenzene diacetate (CAS [3240-34-4], 13.7 g; 42.5 mmol) and BF 3 »OEt 2 (556 μl; 2.13 mmol). Provided heating the resulting mixture to rt, then stirred at room temperature overnight. The mixture was poured into saturated aqueous NaHCO 3 and extracted with EtOAc. The combined organic layers were washed with brine, dried over MgSOo, filtered and concentrated to give 18.8 g of an orange solid. The crude material was taken up in EsrO resulting in precipitation. The precipitate was filtered to give 3.8 g of the crude as an off-white solid (41%). The filtrate was purified by preparative LC (silica gel with regular grains 30 μm, 25 g, liquid phase loading (CH2CI2), mobile phase gradient: heptane / EtOAc from 100 / 0 to 50 / 50) to give 1.7 g of intermediate 30 as an off-white solid, which was taken up in Et 2 O, the solid was filtered and dried under high vacuum to give 1.2 g of intermediate CG as a white solid (13%). Preparation of intermediate CH A solution of intermediate CG (1.2 g; 5.50 mmol) in MeOH (27 ml) was degassed by sparging with N 2for 10 minutes, after which platinum oxide (125 mg; 0.55 mmol) and HCl (125 μl; 1.50 mmol) were added. The resulting mixture was hydrogenated at RT at a pressure of 1 bar overnight. EtOAc was added and the mixture was filtered through a pad of Celite®, the filtrate was concentrated to dryness to give 1.4 g of intermediate CH as a colorless oil (quant.). Obtaining an Intermediate CI Lithium hydroxide monohydrate (170 mg; 4.05 mmol) was added to a solution of intermediate CH (300 mg; 1.35 mmol) in MeOH (3 ml) and H 2 O (158 µl). The resulting mixture was stirred at 50° C. for 48 hours. The solvent was evaporated in vacuo to dryness to give an off-white gum, which was azeotropically distilled with toluene (twice), then dried under high vacuum to give 0.353 g of intermediate CI as off-white solid (which was used as is in the next step). Getting connection 82 Diisopropylethylamine (0.232 ml; 1.35 mmol) and HATU (0.267 g; 0.70 mmol) in a solution of intermediate CI (0.108 g; 0.54 mmol) in DMF (10 ml). The resulting mixture was stirred at room temperature for 30 minutes, after which intermediate V (0.196 g; 0.54 mmol) in DMF (7 ml) was added. The mixture was stirred at room temperature for 4 hours. The reaction mixture was evaporated in vacuo to dryness, then diluted with EtOAc and washed with brine (twice). The organic layer was dried over MgSCq, filtered and evaporated to dryness to give 585 mg as a brown oil, which was purified by preparative LC (silica gel with regular grains 30 μm, 12 g, dry load (Celite®) mobile phase gradient: heptane / EtOAc / MeOH 90 / 8 / 2 to 50 / 40 / 10) to give 0.131 g as an off-white solid. The solid was triturated in Et 2 O, filtered and dried under high vacuum to give 97 mg of compound 82 as a white solid (33% over 2 steps). г H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d 6 ) 5 ppm 8.08 (t, J=6, 1 Hz, 1 F) 7.35 (d, J=8.6 Hz, 2 F) 7.29 (d, J=8.l Hz, 2 F ) 7.11 (d, J=8.6 Hz, 2 I) 6.39 (d, J=8.l Hz, 2 I) 4.28 (d, J=6, 1 Hz, 2 I) 3.96 (t, J=5.6Hz, 2H) 3.91(s, 2H) 3.70(s, 2H) 3.47(quint, J=8.8 Hz, 1 F) 2.66-2.72 (m, 2 F) 2.52-2.62 (m, 4 F) 2.26-2.34 (m, 2 I) 1.74-1.87 (m, 4 I) 1.08 (t, J=7.3 Hz, 3 I) Synthesis of compound 83 Compound 83 Diisopropylethylamine (0.31 ml, 1.78 mmol) and HATU (0.353 g, 0.927 mmol) were added successively to a solution of 6-ethyl-2-methylimidazo[2,1-b]thiazole-5-carboxylic acid (CAS [1131613— 58-5], 0.15 g, 0.713 mmol) in DMF (20 ml). The resulting mixture stirred at room temperature for 30 minutes, after which intermediate V (259 mg, 0.713 mmol) was added and the mixture was stirred at room temperature overnight. The reaction mixture was diluted with EtOAc and washed with aq. sat. NaHCOs solution (twice) and saline (twice). The combined organic phases were dried over MgSCq, filtered and evaporated to dryness. The crude material was purified by preparative LC (irregular silica gel 15-40 µm, 12 g, dry run (silica gel), mobile phase gradient: heptane / EtOAc 90 / 10 to 50 / 50) and the resulting solid was triturated in pentane, filtered and dried under vacuum at 45°C to obtain 0.167 g of compound 83 as a white solid (42%). г H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d 6 ) 5 ppm 8.01 (t, 0=5.8 Hz, 1 N) 7.87 (s, 1 N) 7.36 (d, 0=8.6 Hz, 2 N) 7.28 (d, 0=8.6Hz, 2N) 7.15 (d, 0=8.1 Hz, 2 N) 6.40 (d, 0=8.6 Hz, 2 N) 4.35 (d, 0=5.6 Hz, 2 H) 3.91 (s, 2 H) 3.70 (s, 2 H) 3.47 (br t, 0=8.6 Hz, 1 H) 2.84 (q, 0=7.2 Hz, 2 N) 2.55-2.62 (m, 2 N) 2.41 (s, 3 N) 2.25-2.35 (t, 2 N) 1.19 (t, 0=7.58 Hz, 3 N) . Synthesis of compound 84 and compound 85 With AS [1194-02-1] To 2 SO 3 , DMSO rhf, 120°С 0----------►N Raney's Ni, Nz 3 bar 'NHs / MeOH О--------------- Intermediate SK NATO, DIEA, DMF .HCI CAS[1638761-19-9] Compound 84 intermediate C.J. connection Connect 85 Obtaining an Intermediate CJ Suspension of 6-methoxy-2-azaspiro[3.3]heptane hydrochloride (CAS [1638761-19-9], 0.47 g, 2.36 mmol), 4-fluorobenzonitrile (CAS [1194-02-1], 0.576 g, 4.71 mmol) and potassium carbonate (0.976 g, 7 .07 mmol) in DMSO (11 ml) was heated at 120°C using a single mode microwave reactor (Biotage Initiator 60) with a power output ranging from 0 to 400 W per within 30 min. [fixed hold time]. reactionary the mixture was evaporated on a Genevac device and purified by preparative LC (irregular silica gel, 15-40 µm, 50 g, dry-loaded (Celite®), mobile phase gradient: heptane / EtOAc 95 / 5 to 70 / 30) to give 0.361 g of Intermediate CJ as a white solid (67%). Preparation of intermediate SK Raney nickel (0.8 g, 13.6 mmol) was added to a solution of intermediate CJ (0.713 g, 3.12 mmol) in 7N. ammonia in MeOH (15 ml) in an autoclave and the mixture was stirred at room temperature at a pressure of 3 bar H 2 during the night. The mixture was filtered through Celite® and evaporated in vacuo to give 0.717 g of intermediate CK as a blue oil (99%). Getting connection 84 Diisopropylethylamine (0.461 ml, 2.71 mmol) and HATU (436 mg, 1.15 mmol) were added successively to a solution of 6-chloro-2-ethylimidazo[3,2-a]pyridine-3-carboxylic acid (CAS [1216142— 18-5], 0.25 g, 1.04 mmol) in DMF (10 ml). The resulting mixture was stirred at room temperature for 30 minutes, then a solution of intermediate CK (0.242 g, 1.04 mmol) in DMF (5 ml) was added and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 1 hour. The reaction mixture was evaporated in vacuo to dry condition. The crude product was purified by preparative LC (irregular silica gel, 15-40 µm, 120 g, dry run (silica gel), mobile phase gradient: 100% DCM, 0% MeOH to 90% DCM, 10% MeOH in 20 volumes column) to give 0.5 g of an orange solid, which was triturated successively in Et 2 O, Et 2 O / EtOH (9:1), iPr 2 O and EtOH to give 0.317 g of compound 84 as a slightly orange solid (69%). г H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d 6 ) 5 ppm 9.05 (d, J=1.5 Hz, 1 H) , 8.37 (t, J=5.8 Hz, 1 H) , 7.65 (d, J=9.6 Hz, 1 H) , 7.44 (dd, J=9.6, 2.0 Hz, 1 H) , 7.17 (d, J=8.6 Hz, 2 H) , 6.37 (d, J= 8.6 Hz, 2 H) , 4.39 (d, J=6.l Hz, 2 H) , 3.75 (s, 2 H) , 3.81-3.74 (m, 1 H) . 3.70 (s, 2 H) , 3.11 (s, 3 H) , 2.95 (q, J=7.4 Hz, 2 H) , 2.47- 2.41 (m, 2 H) , 2.02 (ddd, J=10.0, 7.0, 2.8 Hz, 2 H) , 1.27-1.21 Getting Compound 85 A solution of compound 84 (0.08 g; 114 mmol) in MeOH (3.5 ml) was degassed by bubbling with N 2 for 5 minutes, after which Pd / C (0.0032 g; 3.01 µmol) was added. The resulting mixture was hydrogenated at room temperature at a pressure of 3 bar overnight. The mixture was filtered through a pad of Celite® and the filtrate was evaporated in vacuo to dryness. The crude material was purified by preparative LC (silica gel with regular grains 15-40 μm, 12 g, dry loaded (Celite®), mobile phase gradient: CH 2 C1 2 / MeOH from 100 / 0 to 95 / 5) to obtain 0.057 g of a solid, which was triturated in heptane, filtered and dried under high vacuum at 50°C for 72 hours to obtain 0.043 g of compound 85 as a white solid substances (58%). г H NMR (500 MHz, DMSO-d 6 ) 5 ppm 8.19 (br s, 1 H) 7.10 (d, J=8.2 Hz, 2 H) 6.36 (d, J=8.2 Hz, 2 H) 4.28 (d , J=5.9 Hz, 2 H) 3.98 (br t, J=5.5 Hz, 2 H) 3.73-3.79 (m, 3 H) 3.70 (s, 2 H) 3.12 (s, 3 H) 2.72 (br t, J=5.9 Hz, 2 H) 2.58-2.65 (m, 2 H) 2.41-2.48 (m, 2 H) 2.03 (m, 2 H) 1.85 (br d, J=4.7 Hz, 2 H) 1.79 (br d, J=5.4 Hz, 2 H) 1.09 (t , J=7.6 Hz, 3H) . Synthesis of compound 86 ci Compound 86 Diisopropylethylamine (0.293 ml, 1.73 mmol) and HATU (0.402 g, 1.06 mmol) were added successively to a solution of intermediate L (0.2 g, 0.704 mmol) in DMF (5 ml). The resulting mixture was stirred at room temperature for 30 minutes, then a solution of intermediate CK (0.135 g, 0.581 mmol) in DMF (2.3 ml) was added and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 1 hour. The reaction mixture was evaporated in vacuo to dry state with obtaining 0.96 g as a brown oil. crude product purified by preparative LC (irregular silica gel 15-40 µm, 40 g, dry-loaded (Celite®), mobile phase gradient: from 99.5% DCM, 0.5% MeOH / aq. NH 3 (95:5) to 94% DCM, 6% MeOH / aq. NH 3 (95:5)) to give 0.516 g as an orange gum. The product was purified by reversed phase (C18 spherical silica gel, 25 µm, 120 g YMC-ODS-25, dry loaded (Celite®), mobile phase gradient: from 60% aq. (0.2% NH 4 HCO 3 ), 40% MeCN to 20% aq. (0.2% NH 4 HCO 3 ), 80% MeCN) to give 0.164 g of a pale yellow solid which was triturated in Et 2 O, filtered and dried under high vacuum to obtain 0.085 g of compound 86 as a white solids (27%). г H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d 6 ) 5ppm 9.38 (d, J=2.5Hz, 1H) , 8.67 (d, J=2.5 Hz, 1 H) , 8.47 (t, J=5.8 Hz, 1 H) , 7.18 (d, J=8.6 Hz, 2 H) , 6.37 (d, J=8, 1 Hz, 2 H) , 4.40 (d, J=5, 6 Hz, 2 H) , 3.79-3.69 (m, 5 H) , 3.11 (s, 3 H) , 2.99 (q, J=7.6 Hz, 2 H) . 2.46-2.39 (m, 2 H) , 2.06-1.97 (m, 2 H) , 1.26 (t, J=7 , 6 Hz, 3 H) Synthesis of compound 87 Intermediate R CAS[2357-52-0] iPrMgCl.LiCl, CoCh, THF, from 0°С to k. t. Intermediate CL F intermediate CM connection CAS[1194-02-1] To 2 SO Ь DMSO microwave, !20°С Intermediate CN Ni Raney. Hi 3 bar YHz / MeON H 2 N Intermediate CO HATU, DIEA, DMF Preparation of Intermediate CL In a flame-dried round-bottom flask under N 2 a solution of 1.3 M IPrMgCl.LiCl (7.14 ml, 9.28 mmol) was added to a solution of 4-bromo-2-fluoroanisole (CAS [2357-52-0], 1.90 g, 9.28 mmol) in anhydrous THF (30 ml) at room temperature. The solution was stirred at room temperature for 5 hours. in flow N 2 , then added dropwise (trib. 15 min.) to a solution of intermediate R (1.00 g, 3.09 mmol), N1,N1,N2,N2-tetramethylcyclohexane-1,2-diamine (CAS [38383-49 -2], 0.063 g, 0.37 mmol) and cobalt II chloride (0.04 g, 0.31 mmol) in anhydrous THF (30 ml) under N atmosphere 2 at 0°C. The resulting mixture was stirred at room temperature over the weekend, hydrolysed with 10% aq. NH 4 C1 (40 ml) and extracted with ethyl acetate (2x40 ml). The combined organic phases were dried over MgSO 4 , filtered and evaporated to dryness. The crude product was purified by preparative LC (irregular silica gel, 15-40 µm, 220 g, dry run (silica gel), mobile phase gradient: heptane / EtOAc 90 / 10 to 60 / 40) to give 0.619 g of intermediate CL as a white solid (62%). Preparation of intermediate CM Trimethylsilyl chloride (1.21 ml, 9.60 mmol) was added dropwise to a solution of intermediate CL (0.615 g, 1.91 mmol) in anhydrous methanol (20 ml) under N 2 . The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature overnight and then evaporated to dryness to give 0.447 g of intermediate CM as a white solid (91%). Obtaining an intermediate compound CN Mixture of intermediate CM (0.425 g, 1.65 mmol), 4-fluorobenzonitrile (CAS [1194-02-1], 0.3 g, 2.47 mmol) and potassium carbonate (0.912 g, 6.60 mmol) in anhydrous DMSO (10 ml) was heated at 120° C. using a single mode microwave reactor (Biotage Initiator 60) with power output ranging from 0 to 400 W for 1 hour [fixed hold time] . The reaction mixture was quenched with water (40 ml) and extracted with ethyl acetate (2x50 ml). The combined organic phases were washed water (2x50 ml) and brine (2x50 ml), dried over MgSOo, filtered and evaporated to dryness. The crude product was purified by preparative LC (irregular silica gel, 15-40 µm, 120 g, dry run (silica gel), mobile phase gradient: heptane / EtOAc 90 / 10 to 40 / 60) to give 0.349 g of intermediate CN as a white solid (65%). Obtaining an intermediate compound CO Mixture of intermediate CN (0.34 g, 1.06 mmol) and Raney nickel (0.269 g, 4.58 mmol) in 7N. ammonia in MeOH (11 ml) in an autoclave was stirred at room temperature at a pressure of 3 bar H 2 during the night. The reaction mixture was then filtered through a pad of Celite® and evaporated to dryness to give 0.3 g of intermediate CO as an off-white solid (87%). Getting Compound 87 Diisopropylethylamine (0.19 ml, 1.09 mmol) and HATU (0.175 g, 0.46 mmol) were added successively to a solution of 6-chloro-2-ethylimidazo[3,2-a]pyridine-3-carboxylic acid (CAS [ 1216142-18-5], 0.1 g, 0.42 mmol) in DMF (7 ml). The resulting mixture was stirred at room temperature for 1 hour, then intermediate CO (0.15 g, 0.46 mmol) was added and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 2 hours. The reaction mixture was evaporated in vacuo to dryness. The crude product was purified by preparative LC (irregular silica gel, 15-40 µm, 40 g, liquid phase loading, mobile phase gradient: DCM / MeOH 100 / 0 to 95 / 5) to give a yellow solid. This solid was triturated in Et 2 O to give 0.132 g of a yellow solid, which was dissolved in EtOH and evaporated to dryness to give 0.123 g of compound 87 as a pale yellow solid (55%). г H NMR (500 MHz, DMSO-d 6 ) 5 ppm 9.05 (s, 1 H) , 8.39 (br t, J=5.7 Hz, 1 H) , 7.66 (d, J=9.5 Hz, 1 H), 7, 45 (br d, J=9.5 Hz, 1 H) , 7.19 (d, J=8.2 Hz, 2 H) , 7.13-7.04 (m, 2 H) , 6.99 (brd, J=8.5 Hz, 1 H) , 6.41 (d, J=8.2 Hz, 2 H) , 4.40 (br d, J=5.7 Hz, 2 H) , 3.90 ( s, 2 H) , 3.80 (s, 3 H) , 3.70 (s, 2 H) , 3.40-3.33 (m, 1 H) , 2.96 (q, J=7.4 Hz, 2 H) , 2.28-2.23 (m, 2 H) , 1.25 (t, J=7.4 Hz, 3 H) Synthesis of compound 88 F Diisopropylethylamine (0.171 ml, 1.01 mmol) and HATU (0.162 g, 0.43 mmol) were added successively to a solution of intermediate L (0.11 g, 0.39 mmol) in DMF (4 ml). The resulting mixture was stirred at room temperature for 45 minutes, then a solution of intermediate 38 (0.139 g, 0.43 mmol) in DMF (2 ml) was added and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 1 hour. The reaction mixture was evaporated in vacuo to dry condition. The crude product was purified by preparative LC (irregular silica gel, 15-40 µm, 40 g, Grace, liquid phase loading, mobile phase gradient: DCM / MeOH 100 / 0 to 90 / 10) to give a brownish solid which pounded in et 2 O and dried under high vacuum at 50° C. overnight to give 0.098 g of a yellowish solid substances. This solid was dissolved in ethanol and evaporated to dryness to give a yellowish solid which was triturated in iPr 2 O to give 0.091 g of compound 88 as a white solid (44%). г H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d 6 ) 5 ppm 9.39 (s, 1 H) , 8.67 (s, 1 H) , 8.47 (br s, 1 H) , 7.19 (d, J=8, 1 Hz, 2 H) , 7.13-7.03 (m, 2 H) , 7.02-6.96 (m, 1 H) , 6.40 (d, J=8, 1 Hz, 2 H) , 4.41 ( br d, J=5.6Hz, 2H) , 3.90(s, 2H) , 3.80(s, 3H) , 3.69(s, 2H) , 3.41-3, 33 (m, 1 H) , 3.00 (q, J=7.2 Hz, 2 H) , 2.27-2.21 (m, 2 H) , 1.26 (br t, J=7, 6Hz, 3H) Interim hdh May? is "n Intermediate connection R I J connection CP Intermediate CQ To CO..DMSO microwave, 120°С With AS [1194-02-1] Ni Raney, At 3 bar YHz / MeON Intermediate CS HATU, DIEA DMF Intermediate CR Preparation of Intermediate CP Pyridine-4-boric acid solution (CAS [1692-15-5], 0.571 g, 4.64 mmol), potassium bis(trimethylsilyl)amide (1.14 g, 6.19 mmol), nickel II iodide (0.097 g , 0.31 mmol) and trans-2-aminocyclohexanol hydrochloride (CAS [5456-63-3], 0.036 g, 0.31 mmol) in iPrOH (20 mL) were stirred under N 2 within 5 min. at room temperature. Intermediate R (1.00 g, 3.09 mmol) was then added and the reaction mixture was heated at 90° C. for 20 hours. The reaction mixture was hydrolyzed with water (50 ml) and extracted with ethyl acetate (2x50 ml). The organic phases were combined and washed with brine (50 ml), dried over MgSO4 and evaporated to dryness. The crude product was purified by preparative LC (irregular silica gel, 15-40 µm, 120 g, liquid phase loading, mobile phase gradient: DCM / MeOH 95 / 5 to 90 / 10) to give 0.251 g of intermediate 39 as white solid (30%). Obtaining an intermediate compound CO Trimethylsilyl chloride (0.52 ml, 4.15 mmol) into a solution of intermediate CP (0.227 g, 0.83 mmol) in anhydrous methanol (10 ml) under N 2 . reactionary the mixture was stirred at room temperature overnight and then evaporated to dryness to give 0.194 g of Intermediate CQ as a white solid (quant) which was used as is in the next step. Preparation of Intermediate CR Mixture of Intermediate CQ (0.179 g), 4- fluorobenzonitrile (CAS [1194-02-1], 0.206 g, 1.70 mmol) and potassium carbonate (0.587 g, 4.25 mmol) in anhydrous DMSO (5.5 ml) was heated at 120°C using a single mode microwave reactor (Biotage Initiator 60) with a power output ranging from 0 to 400 Wt for 1 h .[fixed hold time] . The reaction mixture was quenched with water and extracted with ethyl acetate (twice). The combined organic phases were washed with water (twice) and brine (twice), dried over MgSO 4 , filtered and evaporated to dryness. The crude product was purified by preparative LC (irregular silica gel, 15-40 µm, 40 g, liquid phase loading, mobile phase gradient: DCM / MeOH 100 / 0 to 95 / 5) to give 0.095 g of intermediate CR as white solid (41%). Obtaining an Intermediate CS Connection A mixture of intermediate CR (0.095 g, 0.35 mmol) and Raney nickel (0.088 g, 1.5 mmol) in 7N. ammonia in MeOH (4 ml) was stirred at room temperature at a pressure of 3 bar H 2 during the night. The reaction mixture was then filtered through a pad of Celite® and evaporated to dryness to give 0.078 g of intermediate CS as a white solid (81%). Getting connection 89 Diisopropylethylamine (0.118 ml, 0.69 mmol) and HATU (0.112 g, 0.29 mmol) were added successively to a solution of 6-chloro-2-ethylimidazo[3,2-a]pyridine-3-carboxylic acid (CAS [1216142— 18-5], 0.064 g, 0.27 mmol) in DMF (3 ml). The resulting mixture was stirred at room temperature for 45 minutes, then a solution of intermediate CS (0.078 g, 0.28 mmol) in DMF (2 ml) and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 1 h. The reaction mixture was evaporated in vacuo to dryness. The crude product was purified by preparative LC (irregular silica gel, 15-40 µm, 40 g, liquid phase loading, mobile phase gradient: DCM / MeOH 100 / 0 to 90 / 10) to give a sticky solid. This solid was triturated in Et 2 O, then dissolved in DCM and washed twice with water, dried over MgSO 4 , filtered and evaporated to dryness to give 0.072 g of a white solid. This solid was dissolved in ethanol and evaporated to dryness, then triturated successively in Et 2 O and iPr 2O / EtOH (9:1) . The resulting solid was purified by preparative LC (Spherical C18 silica gel, 25 µm, 40 g YMC-ODS-25, dry-loaded (Celite®), mobile phase gradient: 0.2% aq. (NH 4 HCO 3 ) / MeCN from 30:70 to 0:100 over 6 column volumes) and finally triturated in Et 2 O to give 0.032 g of compound 89 as a white solid (25%). г H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d 6 ) 5 pp 9.06 (s, 1 H), 8.47 (br d, J=5.6 Hz, 2 N), 8.37 (br t , J=5.6 Hz, 1 N), 7.66 (d, J=9.6 Hz, 1 N), 7.44 ( br d, J=9.6 Hz, 1 H) , 7.25 (d, J=4.8 Hz, 2 H) , 7.19 (d, J=8.0 Hz, 2 H) , 6, 41 (br d, J=8.1 Hz, 2 H) , 4.41 (br d, J=5.6 Hz, 2 H) , 3.92 (s, 2 H) , 3.71 (s, 2 H), 3.48-3.43 (br, 1 H), 2.96 (q, J=7, 6 Hz, 2 H), 2.62-2.57 (br, 2 H), 2 .35-2.29 (w, 2 H), 1.25 (br t, J=7.3 Hz, 3 H) Vg Ya (Hvi, Xangphos, Pd(OAc)i, dioxane, 100°С CN intermediate CT connection CAS [1041026-71-4] CAS [623-00-7] Intermediate connection CU Et 3 N, Ac 2 O, rsm, o°c г Intermediate CV Ni Raney, Hi 3 bar YHz / MeON CW connection Preparation of Intermediate CT A solution of 2-Boc-2,6-diazaspiro[3.3]heptanoxalate (CAS [1041026-71-4], 2.0 g, 6.73 mmol), 4-bromobenzonitrile (CAS [623-00-7], 1 .84 g, 10.1 mmol) and sodium tert-butoxide (2.59 g, 26.9 mmol) in 1,4-dioxane (70 ml). Then palladium acetate (0.151 g, 0.673 mmol) and Xantphos (0.389 g, 0.673 mmol) were added, the mixture was again purged with N 2 and stirred at 100°C for 3 hours. The mixture was cooled to room temperature and filtered through a layer of Celite®. The precipitate was washed with EtOAc and the filtrate was evaporated in vacuo. The crude product was purified by preparative LC (irregular silica gel, 15-40 µm, 120 g, dry run (Celite®), mobile phase gradient: heptane / EtOAc 95 / 5 to 60 / 40) to give 0.919 g of intermediate CT as a white solid (48%). Obtaining an Intermediate CU Connection A mixture of intermediate CT (0.5 g, 1.67 mmol) in formic acid (5 ml) was stirred at room temperature for 16 h. The mixture was evaporated in vacuo to give 0.526 g of intermediate 44 as an orange gum which crystallized upon settling (quant.). Obtaining an intermediate connection SU Acetic anhydride (0.075 ml, 0.79 mmol ) and the mixture was stirred at 0° C. for 2 hours. The mixture was diluted with DCM and washed with water. The organic layer was dried over MgSOo, filtered and evaporated in vacuo. The crude product was purified by preparative LC (irregular silica gel, 15-40 µm, 24 g, loading liquid phase (DCM), mobile phase gradient: DCM / MeOH 99 / 1 to 94 / 6) to give 0.167 g of intermediate CV as a white solid (97%). Obtaining an Intermediate CW Connection To a solution of intermediate CV (0.167 g, 0.69 mmol) in 7 N ammonia in MeOH (4 ml), Raney nickel (0.2 g, 3.4 mmol) was added in an autoclave and the mixture was stirred at room temperature at a pressure of 3 bar H 2 for 2 hours. The mixture was filtered and evaporated in vacuo to give 0.153 g of Intermediate CW as a white solid (90%). Getting Compound 90 Triethylamine (0.29 ml, 2.09 mmol) and HATU (0.285 g, 0.75 mmol) were added successively to a solution of 6-chloro-2-ethylimidazo[3,2-a]pyridine-3-carboxylic acid (CAS [ 1216142-18-5], 0.163 g, 0.68 mmol) in DMF (4 ml). The resulting mixture was stirred at room temperature for 30 minutes, then a solution of intermediate CW (0.178 g, 0.726 mmol) in DMF (3 ml) was added and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 3 hours. The reaction mixture was evaporated in vacuo to dryness to give 0.717 g as a pale yellow solid. The crude product was purified by preparative LC (irregular silica gel 15-40 µm, 50 g, dry loaded (Celite®), mobile phase gradient: DCM / MeOH 99 / 1% to 95 / 5) to give 0.351 g as yellow resin. The product was purified using reversed phase (stationary phase: YMC-actus Triart-C18 10 µm 30x150 mm, mobile phase: gradient from 70% aq. (0.2% NH4HCO3), 30% MeCN to 100% MeCN) to give 0.234 g of white of the solid, which was triturated in EsrO, filtered and dried under high vacuum to give 0.222 g of compound 90 as a white solid (72%). г H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d 6 ) 5 ppm 9.06 (s, 1 H) , 8.41 (br s, 1 H) , 7.67 (d, J=9.5 Hz, 1 H) , 7.46 (d, J=9 , 0 Hz, 1 H) , 7.20 (d, J=8.2 Hz, 2 H) , 6.43 (d, J=8.2 Hz, 2 H) , 4.41 (br d, J =5.0 Hz, 2H) , 4.28(s, 2H) , 4.00(s, 2H) , 3.91(s, 4H) , 2.96(q, J=7, 4 Hz, 2 H) , 1.75 (s, 3 H) , 1.25 (t, J=7 , 6 Hz, 3 H) Synthesis of compound 91 NC Intermediate connection CU EtjN.PhCOCI, )NH PCM, 0°C * jjc Ni Raney, From 3 bar NH / MeOH Cl. Cl Intermediate CX CY connection HATU, EtjN, DMF Compound 91 Preparation of intermediate CX To a solution of intermediate CU (0.25 g, 0.715 mmol) and triethylamine (0.50 ml, 3.60 mmol) in DCM (7.5 ml) at 0 mmol) and the mixture was stirred at 0° C. for 2 hours. The mixture was diluted with DCM and washed with water. The organic layer was dried over MgSO 4 , filtered and evaporated in vacuo. The crude product was purified by preparative LC (irregular silica gel, 15-40 µm, 24 g, Grace, liquid phase loading (DCM), mobile phase gradient: 99% DCM, 1% MeOH to 96% DCM, 4% MeOH ) to give 0.128 g of Intermediate CX as a white solid (59%). Preparation of Intermediate CY To a solution of intermediate CX (0.128 g, 0.422 mmol) in 7 N ammonia in MeOH (2.4 ml), Raney nickel (0.12 g, 2.1 mmol) was added in an autoclave and the mixture was stirred at room temperature at a pressure of 3 bar for 2 hours. filtered and evaporated in vacuo to give 0.108 g of intermediate CY as a colorless oil which crystallized on standing (83%). Getting Compound 91 Diisopropylethylamine (0.168 ml, 0.99 mmol) and HATU (0.168 g, 0.44 mmol) were added successively to a solution of 6-chloro-2-ethylimidazo[3,2-a]pyridine-3-carboxylic acid (CAS [1216142— 18-5], 0.09 g, 0.38 mmol) in DMF (2.5 ml). The resulting mixture was stirred at room temperature for 30 minutes, then a solution of intermediate CY (0.13 g, 0.42 mmol) in DMF (1.7 ml) was added and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 3 hours. evaporated in vacuo to dryness to give 0.52 g of an orange gum. The crude product was purified by preparative LC (irregular silica gel 15-40 µm, 40 g, dry run (Celite®), mobile phase gradient: DCM / MeOH 99 / 1 to 94 / 6) to give 0.137 g as a yellow resins. The product was purified using reversed phase (stationary phase: YMC-actus Triart-C18 10 µm 30x150 mm, mobile phase: Gradient from 60% aq. (0.2% NH 4 HCO 3 ) , 40% MeCN to 100% MeCN) to give 0.109 g of a colorless oil which was triturated in Et 2 O, filtered and dried under high vacuum to give 0.095 g of compound 91 as a white solid (49%). г H NMR (500 MHz, DMSO-d 6 ) 5 ppm 9.06 (s, 1 H), 8.40 (br t J=5.8 Hz, 1 H), 7.68-7.62 (br, 3 H), 7.54-7. 44 (m, 4 H) , 7.20 (d J=8, 2 Hz, 2 H) , 6.43 (d, J=8.5 Hz, 2 H) , 4.49 (s, 2 H) , 4.41 (d J=5.7 Hz, 2 H) , 4.24 (s, 2 H) , 3.99-3.90 (br q. 4 H) , 2.96 (q J=7 , 4 Hz, 2 H) , 1.25 (t, J=7.4 Hz, 3 H) Intermediate F Ni Raney, hj 3 bar YHz / MeON intermediate CZ connection Intermediate connection DA Me, SiCI, ci MeOH.c. t. Intermediate connection DB NH (CF 3 CO) 2 O, Et 3 N, DCM.I h., K. t. Connect 92 Preparation of Intermediate CZ To a solution of intermediate F (1.57 g, 5.26 mmol) Raney nickel (1.4 g, 23.9 mmol) was added in 7 M ammonia in MeOH (50 mL) in an autoclave and the mixture was hydrogenated at room temperature at 3 bar over the weekend (after 3 h. all hydrogen was used up, the autoclave was refilled to 3 bar H 2 ). The mixture was filtered and evaporated in vacuo. The residual gray resin was solubilized in EtOAc, stirred with SiliaMetS (R) imidazole (1 eq w / w) for 1 hour then filtered through a pad of Celite®. The filtrate was evaporated in vacuo to give 1.29 g of intermediate CZ as a white solid. Preparation of Intermediate PA To a solution of 6-chloro-2-ethylimidazo[3,2-a]pyridine-3-carboxylic acid (CAS [1216142-18-5], 0.4 g, 1.67 mmol) in diisopropylethylamine (0.74 ml, 4.35 mmol) and DMF (15 ml) were added HATU (0.7 g, 1.84 mmol) and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 20 minutes. Intermediate CZ (505 mg, 1.67 mmol) was added, then the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 1 hour. The mixture was evaporated in vacuo to give a brown gum. The residue was purified by preparative LC (irregular SiOH, 15-40 µm, 50 g, dry loaded (Celite®), heptane / EtOAc / MeOH (9:1) from 85 / 15 to 35 / 65) to give 0.784 g of intermediate DA as a white solid (92%). Getting an intermediate DB connection To a solution of intermediate DA (0.784 g, 1.54 mmol) in MeOH (16 ml) was added chlorotrimethylsilane (1 ml, 7.92 mmol) and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 16 hours. The mixture was evaporated in vacuo to give 0. 79 g of intermediate DA as a pale yellow foam (which was used crude as is in the next step). Getting Compound 92 Trifluoroacetic anhydride (0.235 ml, 1.69 mmol) was added at 0°C to a solution of intermediate DB (0.79 g, 80%, 1.54 mmol) and triethylamine (1.1 ml, 7.91 mmol) in DCM (9 ml) . The reaction mixture was stirred at 0° C. for 1 hour, then at room temperature for 1 hour. The reaction mixture was quenched with sat. NaHCO 3 and extracted with DCM (twice). The organic layer was dried over MgSO 4 , filtered, then evaporated in vacuo to give 0.75 g of an off-white foam. The residue was purified by preparative LC (irregular SiOH, 15-40 µm, 50 g, dry run (Celite®), heptane / EtOAc / MeOH (9:1) 90 / 10 to 60 / 40) to give 0.643 g white foam. Residue was purified with reverse phase (018 spherical, 25 µm, 120 g YMC-ODS-25, dry loaded (Celite®), mobile phase gradient: from 35% aq. (0.2% NH4HCO3), 65% MeCN to 100% MeCN) and pure fractions were directly lyophilized. The crumbly solid was solubilized in MeCN, then evaporated in vacuo to give a colorless oil. This oil was triturated in EDGO and evaporated in vacuo to give 0.593 g of 92 as a white solid. (76% over 2 stages) г H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d 6 ) 5 ppm 9.07 (d, J=2.0 Hz, 1 H) , 8.46 (br t, J=5.8 Hz, 1 H) , 7.66 (d, J=9.6 Hz , 1 H) , 7.45 (dd, J=9, 1, 2.0 Hz, 1 H) , 7.30 (d, J=8, 1 Hz , H) , 7, 20 (d, J= 8 , 1 Hz, 2 H) , 4.56 (s, 1 H) , 4.49 (d, J=5.6 Hz, 2 H) , 4.33 (s, 1 H) , 4.23 (s, 1 H) , 4.01 (s, 1 H) , 3.41-3.33 (m, 1 H) , 2.99 (q, <7=7.6 Hz, 2 H ) , 2.68-2.55 (m, 2 H) , 2.33-2.25 (m, 2 H) , 1.26 (t, <7=7.6 Hz, 4 H) Synthesis of compound 93 F F connection L A solution of intermediate L (0.085 g, 0.299 mmol) and HATU (0.17 g, 0.447 mmol) in diisopropylethylamine (0.13 ml, 0.764 mmol) and DMF (2 ml) was stirred at room temperature for 30 minutes. Intermediate Q (0.085 g, 0.304 mmol) in DMF (1..4 ml) was then added and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 3 hours. The mixture was evaporated in vacuo to give 0.543 g of a brown gum. The residue was purified by preparative LC (irregular SiOH, 15-40 µm, 30 g, dry load (Celite®), heptane / EtOAc / MeOH (9:1) 90 / 10 to 45 / 55) to give 0.088 g of a yellow gum (which crystallized on standing). The precipitate was triturated in Et 2 O / EtOH (9:1), filtered and dried under vacuum (50° C., 16 hours) to give 0.064 g of compound 93 as a pale yellow solid (36%). : H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d 6 ) 5 ppm 9.38 (s, 1 H) , 8.67 (s, 1 H) , 8.51 (t, <7=5.6 Hz, 1 H) , 7.21-7.15 (m , 4 H) , 6.68 (hr t, <7=7.1 Hz, 1 H) , 6.44 (br d, <7=8.1 Hz, 4 H) , 4.41 (br d, J=5, 6 Hz, 2 H) , 3.95 (br s, 8 H) , 3.00 (q, <7=7.6 Hz, 2 H) , 1.26 (t, J=7, 6 Hz, 3H) . Intermediate G NaOtBu, Pd(OAc) 2 , Keantphos, dioxane, 100°С.2h. Intermediate DC connection NiReney, Hc 3 bar LENz / MeOH Compound 94 intermediate connection DD HATU, DIPEA, DMF Obtaining an Intermediate DC Connection Accordingly, Intermediate DC was prepared in the same manner as Intermediate BV, starting with Intermediate G (0.315 g, 1.34 mmol) and bromobenzene to give 0.245 g, 66%. Obtaining an Intermediate DD Connection Accordingly, Intermediate DD was prepared in the same manner as Intermediate CZ, starting with Intermediate DC (0.14 g, 0.51 mmol) to give 0.135 g, 83%. Getting Compound 94 A solution of intermediate L (0.135 g, 0.475 mmol) and HATU (0.27 g, 0.71 mmol) in diisopropylethylamine (200 μl, 1.18 mmol) and DMF (2.5 ml) was stirred at room temperature for 30 min. Intermediate 52 (0.135 g, 0.485 mmol) in DMF (2.5 ml) was then added and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 3 h. The mixture was evaporated in vacuo to give 0.848 g of a brown oil. The residue was purified by preparative LC (irregular SiOH, 15-40 µm, 40 g, dry loaded (Celite®), heptane / EtOAc / MeOH (9:1) 80 / 20 to 35 / 65) to give 0.159 g pale yellow solid. The solid was triturated in EbrO / EbOH (9:1), filtered and dried under vacuum (50°C, 16 h) with obtaining 0.118 g of a white solid. This solid was purified by reverse phase (stationary phase: YMC-actus Triart-C18 10 µm 30x150 mm, mobile phase: gradient from 40% water. (0.2% NH 4 HCO 3 ) , 60% ACN to 100% ACN), then dried under vacuum (60° C., 16 hours) to give 0.076 g compound 94 as a white solid (29%). 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) 5 ppm 9.40 (d, J=3.0 Hz, 1 H) , 8.68 (d, J=2.5 Hz, 1 H) , 8.57 ( t, J=5.8 Hz, 1 H) , 7.32 (d, J : = 8.1 Hz, 2 H), 7.22 (d, J=8.1 Hz, 2 H), 7.15 (t, J=7.8 Hz, 2 H) J 6.65 (t, J=7, 3 Hz, 1 H), 6.41 (d, J=7.6 Hz, 2 H), 4.51 (d, J=5, 6 Hz, 2 H) , h, 93 (s , 2 H ), 3.71 (s, 2 H), 3.42 ( quin, J=8.7 Hz, 1 H) , 3.03 (q, J=7 . 6 Hz, 2 H), 2 .61-2.54 (m, 2 H) , 2.34-2.23 (m, 2 H) , 1.28 (t, J=7 , 6 Hz, 3 H) . Synthesis of Compound 95 and Compound 96 1,3-propanediol, DCM CAS(1147557-97-8] NfeSiCl, MeON, k. t. intermediate DE connection Intermediate DF N1 Renee. NGZ bar Intermediate DH Preparation of Intermediate PE 2-Boc-2-azaspiro[3.3]heptan-6-one solution (CAS [1181816-12- 5], 0.5 g, 2.37 mmol), 1,3-propanediol (0.26 ml, 3.55 mmol), ethyl orthoformate (0.39 ml, 2.37 mmol) and zirconium chloride (0.028 g, 0.118 mmol) in anhydrous DCM (10 ml) was stirred under N 2for 2 hours at room temperature. After 2 hours, 0.25 eq. ethylorthoformate (0.099 ml, 0.59 mmol) and 0.5 eq. 1,3-propanediol (0.09 ml, 1.18 mmol). After 5 hours the reaction mixture was quenched with water (30 ml) and extracted with DCM (30 ml). The organic phase was washed with water, dried over MgSO 4 , filtered and evaporated to dryness to give 0.633 g of intermediate compounds DE as a colorless oil. Obtaining an Intermediate DF Connection Accordingly, Intermediate DF was prepared in the same manner as Intermediate DB, starting with Intermediate DE (0.63 g, 2.35 mmol) to give 0.431 g, 2.1 mmol as the hydrochloride salt. Obtaining an Intermediate DG A mixture of intermediate DF (0.426 g, 2.07 mmol), 4-fluorobenzonitrile (0.376 g, 3.11 mmol) and potassium carbonate (0.859 g, 6.21 mmol) in anhydrous DMSO (12 mL) was heated at 120 °C using a single-mode microwave reactor (Biotage initiator 60) with an output power ranging from 0 to 400 W for 1 hour [fixed hold time]. The reaction mixture was quenched with water (30 ml), extracted with EtOAc (2x30 ml). The combined organic phases were washed with water (2x30 ml) and brine (2x20 ml), dried over MgSOo, filtered and evaporated to dryness to give a green solid. The residue was purified by preparative LC (irregular SiOH, 15-40 µm, 80 g, Grace, dry run (silica gel), heptane / EtOAc 90 / 10 to 50 / 50) to give 0.369 g of intermediate DG as white solids (66%). Preparation of DH Intermediate Accordingly, Intermediate DH was prepared in the same manner as Intermediate CZ, starting with Intermediate DG (0.334 g, 1.24 mmol) to give 0.297 g, 88%. Obtaining Compound 95 A solution of 6-chloro-2-ethylimidazo[3,2-a]pyridine-3-carboxylic acids (CAS [1216142-18-5], 0.225 g, 0.939 mmol) and HATU (0.39 g, 1.03 mmol) in triethylamine (0.39 ml, 2.81 mmol) and DMF (6 ml) were stirred at room temperature for 30 min. Intermediate DH (0.27 g, 0.984 mmol) in DMF (5 ml) was then added and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 3 hours. The mixture was evaporated in vacuo to give 1.22 g orange resin. The residue was purified by preparative LC (irregular SiOH, 15-40 µm, 50 g, Merck, dry run (Celite®), heptane / EtOAc / MeOH (9:1) 90 / 10 to 45 / 55) to give 0.483 g as white foam (96%). 51 mg of the residue was solubilized in MeCN, washed with pentane (twice) and evaporated in vacuo. The residual colorless oil was triturated in Et 2 O, filtered off and dried under high vacuum (50° C., 16 hours) to give 43 mg of compound 95 as a white solid. г H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d 6 ) 5 ppm 9.05 (s, 1 N) , 8.37 (t, J=5.8 Hz, 1 N) 7.65 (d, J=9.6 Hz, 1 N), 7.44 (dd, J=9.6, 2.0 Hz, 1 N) . 7 .17 (d, J=8, 1 Hz, 2 H) , 6.39 (d, J=8.6 Hz, 2 H), 4.40 (d, J=6.1 Hz, 2 H) , 3.77-3.72 (t, 8 N) , 2.95 (q, J=7.6 Hz, 2 N) , 2.39 (s, 4 N), 1.60-1.55 ( t, 2 H) , 1 , 24 (t, J=7, 6 Hz, 3 H) Preparation of compound 96 Solution of compound 95 (0.35 g, 0.673 mmol) and mmol) in acetone (7.5 ml) and water (1.8 ml) was heated at 100°C using single-mode microwave reactor (Biotage initiator 60) with an output power ranging from 0 to 400 W for 2 hours [fixed hold time]. The mixture was again heated at 100° C. using a single mode microwave reactor (Biotage initiator 60) with power output ranging from 0 to 400 W for 2 hours [fixed hold time]. The mixture was diluted with EtOAc, washed with sat. aq. NaHCOs, brine, dried over MgSOo, filtered and evaporated in vacuo to give 0.301 g of a yellow solid. The residue was purified by preparative LC (irregular SiOH, 15-40 µm, 24 g, Grace, dry run (Celite®), heptane / EtOAc / MeOH (9:1) 80 / 20 to 40 / 60) to give 0.275 g off-white solid. The solid was triturated in Et 2 O (3 times) then to Et 2O / EtOH (9:1, twice) and filtered to give 0.256 g of a white solid. The solid was purified by preparative LC (SiOH irregular grains, 15-40 µm, 24 g, Grace, dry loaded (Celite®), heptane / EtOAc / MeOH (9:1) 90 / 10 to 50 / 50) and clean fractions directly combined to give 0.151 g white solid. The solid was purified by reverse phase (C18 spherical, 25 µm, 40 g YMC-ODS-25, dry-load (Celite), mobile phase gradient: from 75% aq. (0.2% NH 4 HCO 3 ), 25% MeCN to 35% aq. (0.2% NH 4 HCO 3 ) , 65% MeCN) and pure fractions were lyophilized to give 0.045 g of compound 96 as a white solid. 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) 5 ppm 9.06 (d, J=2.0 Hz, 1 H) , 8.39 (bz s, 1 H) , 7.66 (d, J=9 , 6 Hz, 1 H) , 7.44 (dd, J=9.6, 2.0 Hz, 1 H) , 7.20 (d, J=8.08 Hz, 2 H) , 6.45 ( d, J=8.59 Hz, 2 H) , 4.41 (bg d, J=4.6 Hz, 2 H) , 3.96 (s, 4 H) , 3.35-3.29 (m , 4 H) , 2.96 (q, J=7.6 Hz, 2 H), 1.25 (t, J=7, 6 Hz, 3 H) The following compounds have also been prepared according to the procedures described in this document: Compound No. Structure 97 F F O / \ / — N X / \ / —° N 7=7 7=7 \ 98 F F o / —\ / — N zx / —\ / —° / N \ 99 F n Dx u \ V L G F v Compound No. Structure 100 N —\\ / 7—°\ CI ---N '-----' '-----' F F F n \ / 102 , N yi>^sch^y r \= / F F X N \ 103 O. / ---7 \--O nb W \ / \ / YU' V c / =1 / / —\ r 104 F F / GA A / \fl y—N \=U \= / 105 ° / --< L N-c A-o ,__N 7- N '---' '----' / >\ \ / F \ / / —\ F G x,xF \ Compound No. Structure 106 o J y F ( kA / xJ "\ \ V N-—\ 107 V" \ / F'X / / ----( F A-^N x i\r A 108 / =» ?, A J A a kJ.Um / ~~N T IN / \ A v N---4 109 o / -<fx n-4 Vn v w vj / F F 110 Cl ° Tz>--4 F F N -7 N--< 111 0 ,--- / y / N--<( \--0 \^N Z V vJ 1A\ F GU< / A Connection No. Structure 118 7--- / )--7=° ° / / / \ / \ z F —\ 1 / 119 O Cl / =\ Chx / ---, '— '— N х S "N / \ 120 f==\V / CHU d g O. / '\^-N CL / N ^\ / 121 o с| to U—N , ----' , ----> 122 o Cl 'v—N G=. G=. V \x #\ / \ / \^ # <x / x>^ V-J v v v—N N ^4 / \ 123 AOCr-V* / ^ / O jT c> / CL / N / Synthesis of compound 117, compound 130 and compound 131 CAS[1147557-97-8] 2-fluoropyrndine, SelectFluor, KF, AgOTf, TMSCFa, EtOAc, k.t. NC KjCOa, DMSO microwave, 120°C, I 4. Intermediate connection DK Ni Raney, Hi 3 bar NHVMeOH r \V<XXo"3 ' Intermediate connection DI CF 3 Intermediate DL Intermediate DJ connection BjH, NATO, DMF Obtaining an Intermediate DI Connection A suspension of silver triflate (3.6 g, 14.1 mmol), Selectfluor® (2.49 g, 7.03 mmol), potassium fluoride (1.09 g, 18.8 mmol) and 6-oxo-2-azaspiro[3.3]heptane-2-carboxylate (CAS [1147557-97- 8], 1.00 g, 4.69 mmol) was purged with N 2. Then EtOAc (24 ml), 2-fluoropyridine (1.21 ml, 14.1 mmol) and 2 M trifluoromethyltrimethylsilane in THE (7.03 ml, 14.1 mmol) were added, the mixture was again purged and the resulting mixture was stirred at room temperature within 3 days. The reaction mixture was then filtered through Celite® and evaporated to dryness. The crude product was purified by preparative LC (irregular silica gel, 15-40 µm, 50 g, Merck, dry-load (Celite®), mobile phase gradient: heptane / EtOAc 90 / 10 to 50 / 50) to give 0. 64 g of intermediate DI as white crystals (49%). Getting an Intermediate DJ Connection Chlorotrimethylsilane (0.9 ml, 7.12 mmol) was added to a solution of intermediate DI (0.4 g, 1.42 mmol) in anhydrous methanol (9 ml) and the mixture was stirred at room temperature overnight. The mixture was evaporated in vacuo to give 0.308 g of intermediate DJ as a pale pink gum which crystallized on standing (quant). Obtaining an Intermediate DK A suspension of intermediate DJ (0.308 g, 1.42 mmol), 4-fluorobenzonitrile (CAS [1194-02-1], 0.346 g, 2.83 mmol) and potassium carbonate (0.782 g, 5.66 mmol) in DMSO ( 7 ml) heated at 120°C using a single-mode microwave reactor (Biotage Initiator 60) with an output power in the range from 0 to 400 W for 30 min. [fixed hold time]. The mixture was diluted with EtOAc, washed with water (3x), brine (3x), dried over MgSCg, filtered and evaporated. The crude product was purified by preparative LC (irregular silica gel, 15-40 µm, 24 g, Grace, dry-load (Celite®), mobile phase gradient: heptane / EtOAc 95 / 5 to 60 / 40) to give 0.101 g intermediate DK as a white solid (25%). Obtaining an Intermediate DL Connection To a solution of intermediate DK (0.101 g, 0.36 mmol) in 7 N ammonia in MeOH (1.8 ml), Raney nickel (~0.1 g, 1.7 mmol) was added in an autoclave and the mixture was stirred at room temperature at a pressure of 3 bar H 2 within 2 hours. The mixture was filtered and evaporated in vacuo. The filtrate was taken up in EtOAc and filtered through a pad of Celite®. The filtrate was evaporated in vacuo to give 0.09 g of intermediate DL as a colorless oil (87%). Getting connection 117 Diisopropylethylamine (0.132 mL, 0.78 mmol) and HATU (125 mg, 0.33 mmol) were added successively to a solution of 6-chloro-2-ethylimidazo[1,2-a]pyridine-3-carboxylic acid (CAS [1216142— 18-5], 0.072 g, 0.30 mmol) in DMF (2 ml). The resulting mixture was stirred at room temperature for 30 minutes, then a solution of intermediate DL (0.09 g, 0.31 mmol) in DMF (1 ml) was added and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 1 hour. The reaction mixture was evaporated in vacuo to dryness to give 0.26 g as a brown oil. The crude product was purified by preparative LC (irregular silica gel 15-40 µm, 12 g, Grace, dry-load (Celite®), mobile phase gradient: heptane / EtOAc / MeOH (9:1) 90 / 10 to 50 / 50) to give 0.126 g as a yellow solid. The product was purified using reversed phase (C18 spherical beads, 25 µm, 120 g YMC-ODS-25, dry loaded (Celite®), mobile phase gradient: from 30% aq. (0.2% SN 4 HCO3), 70% MeCN to 100% MeCN) to give 0.107 g of a white solid which was triturated in Et 2 O, filtered and dried under high vacuum to give 0.085 g of compound 117 as a white solid (57%). 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) 5 pp 9.05 (s, 1 H) , 8.37 (t, J=5.6 Hz, 1 N) , 7.65 (d, J=9.6 Hz, 1 N) , 7.44 (dd, J=9.6, 1.5 Hz, 1 H) , 7.18 (d, J=8.6 Hz, 2 H) , 6.38 (d, J=8.6 Hz, 2 H) , 4.79 (br, J=7, l Hz, 1 N), 4.40 (d, J=5.6 Hz, 2 N), 3.78 (d, J=ll.6 Hz, 4 N), 2.95 (q, J=7 .6 Hz, 2 N), 2.68-2.55 (br, 2 N), 2.45-2.38 (br, 2 N), 1.24 (t, J=7.6 Hz, 3 N) Getting connection 130 N' Compound 130 Compound 130 was prepared in the same manner as compound 117, starting with intermediate CI and intermediate DL. The crude product was purified by preparative LC (S1OH well-shaped, 30 μm, 12 g Interchim, dry-loaded (Celite®), mobile phase gradient: heptane / EtOAc / MeOH 70:25:5 to 40:50:10) with obtaining 0.099 g of compound 130 as an off-white solid (31%). 1H NMR (500 MHz, DMSO-d6) 5 pp 8.09 (t, J=6.0 Hz, 1 H) , 7.11 (d, J=8.5 Hz, 2 H) , 6.36 ( d, J=8.5 Hz, 2 H), 4.79 (quint., J=7.3 Hz, 1 H) , 4.28 (d, J=6.0 Hz, 2 H) , 3, 96 (t, J=5.8 Hz, 2 H) , 3.78 (s, 2 H) , 3.75 (s, 2 H) , 2.70-2.63 (br, 4 H) , 2 .58 (q, J=7.6 Hz, 2 H), 2.47-2.39 (w, 2 H), 1.86-1.75 (w, 4 H), 1.08 (t, J=7.6Hz, 3N) Getting connection 131 CI To a solution of intermediate L (250 mg, 1.03 mmol) in triethylamine (0.4 mL, 2.88 mmol) and DCM (8.5 mL) was added EDCI (300 mg, 1.57 mmol) and HOBt (210 mg, 1.55 mmol) and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 30 minutes. Intermediate DL (312 mg, 1.09 mmol) in DCM (2 ml) was added and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 16 hours. The mixture was then washed with water (2x) and brine. The organic layer was dried over MgSCq, filtered and evaporated to dryness. The crude product was purified by preparative LC (S1OH irregular grains, 15-40 µm, 40 g, Grace, dry-load (Celite®), mobile phase gradient: heptane / EtOAc 80 / 20 to 20 / 80) to give a pale a yellow solid which was triturated in ethanol and filtered to give 0.248 g of compound 131 as a white solid (49%). 1H NMR (500 MHz, DMSO-d6) 5 ppm 9.38 (d, J=2.5 Hz, 1 H) 8.67 (d, J=2.8 Hz, 1 H), 8.49 (t, J=5.8 Hz, 1 H), 7.19 (d, J=8.2 Hz, 2 H) , 6.38 (d, J=8.5 Hz, 2 H) , 4.79 (quin, J=7.l Hz, 1 H) , 4.40 (br d, J=5.7 Hz, 2 H) , 3.7 (s, 2 H) , 3.76 (s, 2 H) , 2.99 (q, J=7.4 Hz, 2 H), 2.67-2.63 (m, 2 H), 2.43-2.39 (m, 2 H), 1.26 (t, J=7, 6 Hz, 3 H) Synthesis of compound 132 intermediate connectionG to 2 co 3 , DMSO Intermediate DM Ni Raney, Ng 3 bar NHVMeOH Intermediate connection DN Obtaining an Intermediate DM Connection A suspension of intermediate G (0.238 g, 1.01 mmol), 2-fluoropyrazine (0.123 ml, 1.52 mmol) and potassium carbonate (420 mg, 3.04 mmol) in DMSO (6.2 ml) was heated at 120° C. using a single mode microwave reactor (Biotage initiator 60) with power output ranging from 0 to 400 W for 1 hour [fixed time retention]. The reaction mixture was evaporated in Genevac and purified by preparative LC (irregular SiOH, 15-40 µm, 40 g, Merck, dry loading (silica gel), mobile phase gradient: DCM / MeOH 100 / 0 to 90 / 10) to give 0.194 g of intermediate DM as a yellow solid (69%). Obtaining an Intermediate DN Connection Accordingly, Intermediate DN was prepared in the same manner as Intermediate DL starting from Intermediate DM to give 0.169 g, 88%. Getting connection 132 Diisopropylethylamine (0.24 ml, 1.41 mmol) and HATU (0.227 g, 0.60 mmol) were added successively to a solution of 6-chloro-2-ethylimidazo[1,2-a]pyridine-3-carboxylic acid (CAS [ 1216142-18-5], 0.125 g, 0.54 mmol) in DMF (3.2 ml). The resulting mixture was stirred at room temperature for 1 hour, then a solution of intermediate DN (0.152 g, 0.54 mmol) in DMF (3.2 ml) was added and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 1 hour. The reaction mixture was evaporated to dry condition. The residue was dissolved in DCM and washed with 1% NaHCO 3 (2x), water (2x) and brine, dried over MgSO 4 , filtered and evaporated to dryness. The crude product was purified by preparative LC (S1OH with irregular grains, 15-40 μm, 40 g, Grace, dry load (silica gel), mobile phase gradient: DCM / MeOH 100 / 0 to 90 / 10) to give a brown solid , which was ground into Et 2 O to give 0.121 g of compound 132 as an off-white solid (46%). 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) 5 pp 9.07 (s, 1 H) , 8.48 (t, J=5.8Hz, 1H), 8.02(s, 1H) , 7.85(s, 1H) , 7.82(d, J=2.8Hz, 1H) D 7, 67 (d, J=9.6 Hz, 1 H) , 7.46 (dd, J=9.6, 2.0 Hz, 1 H) , 7.31 d, J=7.6 Hz, 2 H ) , 7.23 (d, J=8, 1 Hz, 2 H), 4.50 (d, J=6, 1 Hz, 2 H) , 4.17 (s, 2 H) , 3. 96 ( s, 2 n: ), 3.42 (quin, J : \u003d 8.9 Hz, 1 H) , 99 (q, J \u003d 7.6 Hz, 2 H) , 2.63-2.57 (w, 2 H) , 2.33-2.27 (w, 2 H), 1, 27 (t, J=7.6 Hz, 3 H) Synthesis of compound 125 and compound 133 F p Pd(OAc)2, Xanthos, NaOtBu, dioxane, 100'C / =x -- : ” b / AJ^f CAS [623-00-7] CAS [1263181-92-5] Intermediate DO connection Getting an Intermediate DO Connection Ni Raney, NGZ bar Intermediate connection DP 2,2-difluoro-7-azaspiro[3.5]nonane hydrochloride solution (CAS [1263181-82-5], 0.3 g, 1.52 mmol), 4-bromobenzonitrile (0.414 g, 2.28 mmol) and t sodium -butoxide (0.583 g, 6.07 mmol) in 1,4-dioxane (16 mL) was degassed under N 2 . Palladium II acetate (0.034 g, 0.152 mmol) and Xanthos (0.088 g, 0.152 mmol) were then added and the mixture was again purged with N 2 and heated to 120° C. overnight. The mixture was cooled to room temperature and filtered through a pad of Celite®. The precipitate was washed with EtOAc and the filtrate was evaporated in vacuo. The crude material was purified by preparative LC (irregular SiOH, 15-40 µm, 24 g, Grace, dry run (SiOH), mobile phase gradient: heptane / EtOAc 90 / 10 to 50 / 50 to give 0.343 g of intermediate DO as a yellow solid (86%). Obtaining an intermediate DP connection Accordingly, Intermediate DP was prepared in the same manner as Intermediate DL starting from Intermediate DO to give 0.312 g, 90%. Getting connection 125 Diisopropylethylamine (0.21 ml, 1.20 mmol) and HATU (238 mg, 0.625 mmol) were added successively to a solution of 6-chloro-2-ethylimidazo[1,2-a]pyridine-3-carboxylic acid (CAS [1216142— 18-5], 0.111 g, 0.481 mmol) in DMF (13 ml). The resulting mixture was stirred at room temperature for 30 minutes, after which intermediate DP (0.128 g, 0.481 mmol) was added and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 1 hour. The reaction mixture was diluted with EtOAc and washed aq. sat. NaHCOs solution (twice) and saline (twice). The organic phase was dried over MgSO 4 , filtered and evaporated to dryness to give 0.269 g. The crude material was purified by preparative LC (S1OH irregular grains 15-40 µm, 40 g, Grace Resolv, dry loading (S1OH), mobile phase gradient: heptane / EtOAc from 90 / 10 to 50 / 50) to give 0.199 g as a white-brown solid. The residue was dissolved in EtOAc and washed with 1% aq. NaHCOs (2x), water and brine (2x), dried over MgSO 4 , filtered and evaporated to give 0.183 g. 2 O, filtered and dried to give 0.146 g as a white solid. This was dissolved in EtOH and evaporated to dryness (3x) and dried under vacuum overnight to give 0.144 g of compound 125 as a white solid (63%). 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) 5 pp 9.06 (d, J=l.5 Hz, 1 I), 8.40 (t, J=5.8 Hz, 1 F), 7.66 (d, J=9.6 Hz, 1 F), 7.45 (dd, J=9.3, 2.3 Hz, 1 F), 7.21 (d, J=8.6 Hz, 2 F), 6.92 (d, J=8.6 Hz, 2 F), 4 .42 (d, J=6.l Hz, 2 I), 3.10-3.07 (w, 4 I), 2.96 (q, J=7.6 Hz, 2 I), 2.39 (t, J=13.l Hz, 4 I), 1.70-1.67 (w, 4 I), 1.25 (t, J=7.6 Hz, 3 And) Getting connection 133 CI Compound 133 was prepared in the same manner as compound 125, starting with Intermediate L and Intermediate DP. The crude product was purified by several steps of preparative LC (S1OH with irregular grains 15-40 μm, 40 g Grace, dry load (silica gel), mobile phase gradient: heptane / (AcOEt / MeOH 9 / 1) 90 / 10 to 60 / 40 followed by C18 spherical 25 µm, 40 g YMC-ODS-25, dry loaded (Celite®), mobile phase gradient: 0.2% aq. 4HCO3 / MeCH 65 / 35 to 25 / 75) to give 0.083 g of compound 133 as a white solid (36%). 1H NMR (500 MHz, DMSO-d6) 5 ppm 9.39 (d, J=2.5 Hz, 1 H) , 8.67 (d, J=2.5Hz, 1H), 8.51 (t, J=5.7Hz, 1H), 7.21 (d, J=8.5Hz, 2H) , 6.92 (d, J=8.8 Hz, 2 H) , 4.42 (d, J=5.7 Hz, 2 H) , 3.10-3.06 (m, 4 H), 3 .00 (q, J=7.4 Hz, 2 H), 2.39 (t, J=13.5 Hz, 4H) , 1.71-1.67 (m, 4 H), 1.26 ( t, J=7.4Hz, 3H) Synthesis of compound 134 nc ^QK>C nh Pd(OAc)?, Xantphos, NaOtBu, dioxane, 100°C NHVMeOH Ni Raney, Intermediate connection DQ intermediate connection G Intermediate DR Obtaining an Intermediate DQ Palladium acetate (0.107 g, 117 µmol) and Xanthos (0.182 g, 293 µmol) were added to a mixture of intermediate G (0.55 g, 2.34 mmol), 5-bromopyrimidine (0.373 g, 2.34 mmol) and t sodium -butoxide (0.676 g, 7.03 mmol) in 1,4-dioxane (8.3 ml). A vacuum was created and filled with N 2 . The reaction mixture was heated at 100° C. for 5 hours. After cooling to room temperature, the reaction mixture was diluted with AcOEt and DCM and filtered through a pad of Celite®. The filtrate was evaporated to dryness. The crude mixture was purified by preparative LC (S1OH with irregular grains, 15-40 μm, 120 g, Grace, dry load (silica gel), mobile phase gradient: DCM / MeOH from 100 / 0 to 95 / 5) to give 0.306 g of intermediate compounds DQ as a yellow solid (47%). Obtaining an Intermediate DR Connection Accordingly, Intermediate DR was prepared in the same manner as Intermediate DL starting from Intermediate DQ to give 0.298 g, 96% as yellow solid. Getting connection 134 Cl N Compound 134 was obtained in the same way as compound 132, starting with 6-chloro-2-ethylimidazo[1,2-а]pyridine-3-carboxylic acid CAS [1216142-18-5] and intermediate DR. The crude product was purified by preparative LC (S1OH with grains of irregular shape, 15-40 microns, 80 g, Grace, dry loading (silica gel), mobile phase gradient: DCM / MeOH from 100 / 0 to 90 / 10) to give 0.268 g of compound 134 c form white solid (56%). 1H NMR (500 MHz DMSO-d6) 5ppm 1H) 8.48 (t, J=5.6 Hz, 1 8.03(s, 2 J=9.5 Hz 7.47 (dd, J=9.5, 1.9 Hz, 1 N), 7.32 J=7.9 Hz 7.23(d J=7.88 Hz, 2 N), 4.51 J=5, 6Hz, 2 4, 09 2 N), 3.46-3.36 (t J=7.6 Hz 2.62-2.58 2 N), 2.33-2.28 (t 2 H), 1.29-1.24 J=7, 6 Hz, 3 Synthesis of compound 135 and compound FSO 2 CF 2 CO 2 H CAS[1717-59-5], Cui, ACN, 50°C TMSC1, intermediate HN' OSR 7 H Intermediate connection DT N' NC F fourteen' CI •ocf 2 h NH 3 / MeOH Raney Ni, N 2 5 bar Compound 135 OCF 2 H •ocf 2 h EtjN, DIPEA, DMF intermediate intermediate DV connection Obtaining an Intermediate DS Connection 2,2-difluoro-2-(fluorosulfonyl)acetic acid solution (CAS [1717-59-5], 1.25 g, 7.03 mmol) in acetonitrile (6 mL) was added over 1 h 30 min. into a solution of tert-butyl 6-hydroxy-2-azaspiro[3.3]heptane-2-carboxylate (CAS [1147557-97-8], 1.00 g, 4.69 mmol) and copper iodide (0.179 g, 0. 94 mmol) in acetonitrile (12 ml) at 50°C under N 2. The reaction mixture was further stirred at 50°C for 30 minutes, then evaporated to dryness. The crude product was purified by preparative LC (irregular S1OH, 15-40 µm, 80 g, Grace, dry-load (silica gel), mobile phase gradient: heptane / EtOAc 100 / 0 to 70 / 30) to give 0.788 g of intermediate DS compound as a white solid (64%). Obtaining an intermediate connection DT Accordingly, Intermediate DT was prepared in the same manner as Intermediate DJ, starting from Intermediate DS to give 0.563 g, quantitatively, as a colorless oil, which was used as is. Obtaining an Intermediate DU Connection Accordingly, Intermediate DU was prepared in the same manner as Intermediate DK starting from Intermediate DT to give 0.445 g, 60% as a white solid. Obtaining a DV Intermediate Accordingly, Intermediate DV was prepared in the same manner as Intermediate DL starting from Intermediate DU to give 0.433 g, 96% as a colorless oil. Getting connection 135 Compound 135 was prepared in the same manner as compound 132, starting with 6-chloro-2-ethylimidazo[1,2-a]pyridine-3-carboxylic acid CAS [1216142-18-5] and intermediate DV. The crude product was purified by preparative LC (S1OH with irregular grains, 15-40 μm, 80 g, Grace, dry load (silica gel), mobile phase gradient: from 100% DCM, 0% MeOH to 95% DCM, 5% MeOH to give 0.176 g of compound 135 as a white solid (53%). 1 H NMR (500 MHz, DMSO-d6) 5 ppm 9.05 (s, 1 H), 8.38 (br t, J=5.8 Hz, 1 H) , 7.66 (d, J=9, 5 Hz, 1 H) , 7.45 (dd, J=9.5, 1.9 Hz, 1 H) , 7.18 (d, J=8.2 Hz, 2 H) , 6.62 (t , J=76 Hz, 1 H) , 6.38 (d, J=8.5 Hz, 2 H) , 4.54 (quin, J=7.2 Hz, 1 H) , 4.40 (d, J=6.0Hz, 2H) , 3.78(s, 2H) , 3.74(s, 2H) , 2.95(q, J=7.6Hz, 2H) , 2, 59-2.55 (m, 2 H), 2.30-2.26 (m, 2 H), 2.28, 1.24 (t, J=7.4 Hz, 3 H) Getting connection 136 Cl Compound 136 Compound 136 was prepared in the same manner as compound 135, starting with Intermediate L and Intermediate DV. The crude product was purified by preparative LC (irregular SiOH, 15-40 µm, 80 g, Grace, dry-load (silica gel), mobile phase gradient: DCM / MeOH 100 / 0 to 90 / 10) to give 0.127 g of compound 136 as a white solid (38%). 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) 5 ppm 9.38 (d, J=2.5 Hz, 1 H) 8.67 (d, J=2.5 Hz, 1 H), 8.48 (t, J=5.8 Hz, 1 H), 7.18 (d, J=8.6 Hz, 2 H) , 6.62 (t, J=76 Hz, 1 H) , 6.37 (t, J=8.4 Hz, 2 H) , 4.54 (t, J=7.l Hz, 1 H), 4.40 (d, J=6.1 Hz, 2 H), 3.78 (s, 2 H), 3.74 (s, 2 H), 2.99 (q, J=7.4 Hz, 2 H), 2.59-2.54 (m, 2 H), 2.30-2.25 (m, 2 H), 1.26 (t, J=7.6 Hz, 3 H) NHj / MeOH Intermediate G Vg CAS[5905-69-1] Pd(OAc) 2 , Xaitphos, NaOtBu, dioxane, 100°С NC OCFjH intermediate DW connection Ni Raney, NC 3 bar Compound 137 y—OCFjH DW received like this DX connection Obtaining an Intermediate DW Connection Accordingly, the intermediate connection in the same manner as Intermediate DQ, starting with Intermediate G and 4-Bromodifluoromethoxybenzene CAS [5905-69-1] to give 0.13 g as a white solid (thirty%) . Obtaining an Intermediate DX Connection Accordingly, Intermediate DX was prepared in the same manner as Intermediate DR, starting with Intermediate DW to give 0.264 g as a white solid (90%). Getting connection 137 Compound 137 was prepared in the same manner as compound 132, starting with 6-chloro-2-ethylimidazo[1,2-a]pyridine-3-carboxylic acid CAS [1216142-18-5] and intermediate DX. The crude product was purified by preparative LC (S1OH with irregular grains, 15-40 μm, 40 g, Grace, dry load (silica gel), mobile phase gradient: DCM / MeOH from 100 / 0 to 90 / 10) to give 0.132 g of the compound 137 as white solid (69%). 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) 5 ppm 9.07 (d, J=l.5 Hz, 1 H) , 8.47 (t, J=6.l Hz, 1 H) , 7.67 ( d, J=9.6Hz, 1H), 7.46 (dd, J=9.6, 2.0Hz, 1H), 7.31 (d, J=8.0Hz, 2H) , 7.22 (d, J=8.0Hz, 2H) , 6.98 (t, J=76Hz, 1H) , 6.98 (d, J=7.9Hz, 2H) , 6.43 (d, J=7.9 Hz, 2 H) , 4.50 (d, J=5.6 Hz, 2 H), 3.92 (s, 2 H) , 3.71 (s, 2 H), 3.46-3.36 (m, 1 H), 2.99 (q, J=7.6 Hz, 2 H), 2.59-2.54 (m, 2 H), 2.30-2.25 (m, 2 H), 1.27 (t, J=7.6 Hz Synthesis of compound 138 and compound 139 3 N) nh 2 To 2 SO 3 , DMF intermediate THF / H 2 O / MeOH, NaOH, 70°С CAS [6295-87-0] CAS [55314-57-3] compound Intermediate I N EDCI, NOVT, EtjN, DCM, K.T. Intermediate connection DZ Obtaining an Intermediate DY ethyl 2-pentinoate (18 ml, 135 mmol) was added to a solution of 1-aminopyridinium iodide (25 g, 113 mmol) and potassium carbonate (19 g, 135 mmol) in DMF (250 ml). The resulting mixture was stirred at room temperature for 48 hours and evaporated to dryness. The residue was solubilized in EtOAc and washed with brine (3x). The organic layer was dried over MgSCg, filtered and evaporated to dryness to give 14.5 g brown solid, which was triturated successively in EsrO and MeCN and filtered to give 8.1 g of intermediate DY as an off-white solid. The filtrate was evaporated to dryness and purified by preparative LC (30 μm regular grain S1OH, 120 g Interchim, dry-loaded (Celite®), mobile phase gradient: heptane / EtOAc 100 / 0 to 70 / 30) to give additional 1 .2 g of intermediate 73 as a white solid (total yield: 38%). Obtaining an Intermediate DZ Connection 8 M aqueous sodium hydroxide solution (20 ml, 164 mmol) was added to a solution of intermediate DY (7 g, 32.1 mmol) in THF (39 ml) and methanol (39 ml). The resulting mixture was stirred at 70° C. overnight. HCl (1 M) was added to the mixture until pH~7-8. The resulting precipitate was filtered and dried under high vacuum to give 5.3 g of intermediate DZ as an off-white solid (87%). Getting connection 138 To a solution of intermediate DY (0.1 g, 0.52 mmol) and triethylamine (0.188 ml, 1.36 mmol) in DCM (6 ml) was added EDCI (0.152 g, 0.78 mmol) and HOBt (0.108 g , 0.78 mmol). The resulting mixture was stirred at room temperature for 30 minutes, after which intermediate I (0.202 g, 0.56 mmol) was added, then stirred at room temperature for 4 hours. The reaction mixture was washed with water (2x). The organic layer was dried over MgSO 4 , filtered and evaporated to dryness. The crude product was purified by several preparative LC steps (S1OH with 30 µm regular beads, 25 g Interchim, dry-loaded (Celite®), mobile phase: heptane / AcOEt / MeOH 100:35:5; then C18 with 25 µm spherical beads , 40 g YMC-ODS-25, liquid phase loading (MeOH / MeCN), mobile phase gradient: 0.2% aq NH 4 HCO 3 / MeCN 50:50 to 0:100 then 100% MeCN) to give a white solid, then triturated in Et 2 O to give 0.145 g of compound 138 as a white solid (52%). 1H NMR (500 MHz, DMSO-d6) 5 ppm 8.68 (d, J=6.9 Hz, 1 H) 8.18 (t, J=6.0 Hz, 1 H), 7.87 (d, J=8.8 Hz, 1 H) , 7.40--7.36 (t, 1 H) . 7 .30 (d, J=8.2 Hz, 2 N) , 7.2 1 (d, J=7.9 Hz, 2 N) , 7, 14 (d, J=8.5 Hz, 2 N) , 6.95 (td, J=6.9, 1.3 Hz, 1 H) , 6.45 (d, J==7.8 Hz, 2 H) , 4.45 (d, J=6, 0 Hz, 2 H), 3.96 (s, 2 H) , 3.75 (s, 2 H) , 3.45-3.35 (m, 1 H) , 3.01 (q, J=7 .6 Hz, 2 N) , 2.59- -2.55 (t, 2 N) , 2.31-2.25 (t, 2 H) , 1.25 (t, J \u003d 7.6 Hz, 3 N) Getting connection 139 Compound 138 (0.1 g, 0.187 mmol) was dissolved in ethanol (1.3 ml) and treated with 10% Pd / C (10 mg). The reaction mixture was stirred under H 2 at atmospheric pressure at 60° C. for 16 hours. The reaction mixture was filtered through Celite® and rinsed with EtOAc. The solvent was removed under reduced pressure. The crude product was purified by preparative LC (irregular SiOH, 15-40 µm, 24 g, Grace, dry-load (silica gel), gradient moving phase: heptane / EtOAc 70 / 30 to 10 / 90) to give 0.065 g compound 139 as a white solid 1H NMR (500 MHz, DMSO-d6) 7.36 (d, J=8.8 Hz, 2 H), 7.29 (d, Hz, 2 N) , 6.38 (d, J=8.2 Hz, 2 N) , (br t, J=5.8 Hz, 2 N), 3.91 (s, (m, 1 N) , 2.84 (br t, J=6, 1 Hz, substances ( 65%) . 5 ppm 7.69 (br t, J=6.0 Hz, 1 H) , J=8.5 Hz, 2 H), 7.10 (d, J=8.2 4.26 (d, J=5.7 Hz, 2 H) , 3.96 2 H), 3.69 (s, 2 H), 3.50-3.43 2 H), 2.67 (q, J=7.5 Hz, 2 H) , (m, 2 H) , 1.93-1.88 (m, 2 H) . 6 Hz, 3 N) 2.60-2.56 (m, 2H), 2.31-2.27 1.76-1.72(m, 2H) , 1.09(t, Synthesis of compound 140, J=7, connections 141 and connections 142 To 2 SO 3 , DMF =_cooa M3..48..H........ Intermediate EA TNNNO / MeON, NaOH, 70-С Intermediate EB CAS[1160247-15-3] PREV NATC DMF.K. T. nh 2 CAS [0295-37-0] CAS [4341-76-8] Intermediate EU HC1, CPMe, MeOH, k.t. intermediate ED connection Preparation of Intermediate EA Ethyl 2-butinoate (CAS [4341-76-8], 6.2 ml, 54.0 mmol) in a solution of 1-aminopyridinium iodide (CAS [6295-37-0], 10 g, 45 mmol) and potassium carbonate (7.5 g, 54 mmol) in DMF (100 ml). The resulting mixture was stirred at room temperature for 72 hours. The mixture was evaporated to dryness and the residue solubilized in EtOAc and washed with brine (3x). The organic layer was dried over MgSOo, filtered and evaporated to dryness to give 5.1 g of Intermediate EA as a brown solid (55%). Preparation of Intermediate EB Accordingly, Intermediate EB was prepared in the same manner as Intermediate DZ starting from Intermediate EA to give 3.7 g as an off-white solid, 84%. Obtaining an EC Intermediate Intermediate EB solution (0.2 g, 1.14 mmol), HATU (0.475 g, 1.25 mmol) and diisopropylethylamine (0.47 ml, 3.41 mmol) in DMF (15 ml) were stirred at room temperature for 30 minutes, after which tert-butyl-2-(aminomethyl )-7-azaspiro[3.5]nonane-7-carboxylate (CAS [1160247-15-3], 0.303 g, 1.19 mmol) in DMF (5 mL). The resulting mixture was stirred at room temperature for 2 hours. The mixture was evaporated to dryness and the residue was solubilized in EtOAc and washed with 1% aqueous NaHCO 3 (2x), water (2x) and saline (2x). The organic layer was dried over MgSO 4 , filtered and evaporated to dryness. The crude product was purified by several preparative LC steps (S1OH well-shaped 30 µm, 12 g Interchim, dry-load (Celite®), mobile phase gradient: heptane / EtOAc / MeOH 100:0:0 to 70:25:5; then C18 spherical grains 25 µm, 40 g YMC-ODS-25, dry loaded (Celite®), mobile phase gradient: 0.2% aq NH 4 HCO 3 / MeOH from 50:50 to 10:90, then 0.2% aq. NH 4 HCO 3 / MeOH 10:90) to give 0.318 g of intermediate EC as a colorless oil (68%). Preparation of Intermediate EP 3 M HCl in CPME (0.77 ml, 2.31 mmol) was added to a solution of intermediate EC (0.318 g, 0.77 mmol) in methanol (6 ml) at 0°C. The resulting mixture was allowed to warm to room temperature overnight. Additional 3 M HCl in CPME (0.51 ml, 1.54 mmol) was added at 0° C. and the mixture was allowed to warm to room temperature overnight. The mixture was evaporated to dryness to give 0.306 g of intermediate ED as a white solid (quant). Getting connection 140 Mixture of intermediate ED (0.26 g, 0.745 mmol), 4-bromotrifluoromethoxybenzene (0.166 ml, 1.12 mmol) and sodium tert-butoxide (0.286 g, 2.98 mmol) in 1,4-dioxane (10 ml) degassed by bubbling with N 2 for 10 minutes, after which palladium acetate (0.016 g, 75 µmol) and Xanthos (0.043 g, 75 µmol) were added. The resulting mixture was stirred at 100°C overnight, then cooled to room temperature and filtered through a layer of Celite®. The precipitate was washed with EtOAc and the filtrate was evaporated to dryness. The residue was solubilized in EtOAc and washed with brine (2x). The organic layer was dried over MgSO 4 , filtered and concentrated to dryness. The crude product was purified by several steps of preparative LC (S1OH with irregular grains 15-40 µm, 10 g Biotage, loading liquid phase (DCM), mobile phase gradient: heptane / EtOAc / MeOH from 80:17:3 to 60:35: 5 followed by C18 spherical 25 µm, 40 g YMC-ODS-25, dry loaded (Celite®), mobile phase gradient: 0.2% aq NH 4 HCO 3 / MeCN 70:30 to 0:100 for 10 column volumes, then 5 column volumes at 0.2% aq. NH 4 HCO 3 / MeCN 0:100) to give 0.062 g of compound 140 as a white solid (18%). 1 H NMR (500 MHz, DMSO-d6) 5 ppm 8.64 (d, J=6.6 Hz, 1 H) . 7.84 (d, J=8.8 Hz, 1 H) , 7.60 (t, J=5.7 Hz, 1 H) , 7.37 (td, J=7.9, 1.0 Hz, 1 H) , 7.15 (d, J=8.8 Hz, 2 H) , 7.00-6.93 (m, 3 H), 3.37-3.30 (m, 2 H) , 3.17-3.12 (m, 2 H) , 3.07-3.05 (m, 2 H) . 2.58-2.50 (m, 1 N) , 2.54 (s, 3 N) , 1.93-1.88 (m, 2 N) , 1.69-1.65 (m, 2 N ) , 1.63-1.54 (m, 4 H) Getting connection 141 N' Compound 141 was prepared in the same manner as Compound 140, starting with Intermediate EB and Intermediate I. The crude product was purified by preparative LC (SiOH with irregular grains, 15-40 μm, 40 g, Grace, dry run (silica gel) , mobile phase gradient: heptane / EtOAc 70 / 30 to 10 / 90) to give 0.056 g of compound 141 as a white solid (43%). 1 H NMR (500 MHz, DMSO-d6) 5 ppm 8.65 (d, J=6.9 Hz, 1 H) 8.08 (t, J=6.0 Hz, 1 N) , 7.91 (d, J=9. 1 Hz, 1 N) , 7.40-7.37 (m, 1 H), 7.30 (d, J=8.2 Hz, 2 H), 7.21 (d, J=7.9 Hz, 2 H), 7.14 (d, J=8.5 Hz , 2 H) , 6.97-6.95 (m, 1 H) , 6.45 (d, J=8.8 Hz, 2 H) , 4.46 (d, J=5.7 Hz, 2 H) , 3.96 (s, 2 H) , 3.75 (s, 2 H) , 3.41 (quin, J=8.8 Hz, 1 H) , 2.60-2.55 (m, 2 N), 2.57 (s, 3 N) , 2.30-2.26 (m, 2 N) Getting connection 142 Compound 142 Compound 142 was prepared in the same manner as Compound 140, starting with Intermediate EB and Intermediate Q. The crude product was purified by preparative LC (SiOH with irregular grains, 15-40 µm, 40 g, Grace, dry run (silica gel) , mobile phase gradient: heptane / EtOAc 70 / 30 to 10 / 90) to give 0.165 g of compound 142 as a white solid (62%). 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) 5 ppm 8.64 (d, J=6.6 Hz, 1 H) . 7.98 (t, J=5.8 Hz, 1 H) , 7.88 (d, J=9. 1 Hz, 1 H) , 7.39-7.35 (m, 1 H) , 7.19 (d, J=8.0 Hz, 2 H) , 7.16 (d, J=8.0 Hz, 2 H) , 6.97-6.93 (m, 1 H ) , 6.49 (d, J=8.6 Hz, 2 H) , 6.43 (d, J=8.6 Hz, 2 H) , 4.37 (d, J=5.6 Hz, 2 H) , 4.00 (s, 4 H) , 3.95 (s, 4 H) , 2.55 (s, 3 N) Getting connection 143 Compound 143 was prepared in the same manner as compound 140, starting with intermediate EB and intermediate CC. The crude product was purified by preparative LC (irregular SiOH, 15-40 µm, 40 g, Grace, dry-load (silica gel), mobile phase gradient: heptane / EtOAc 70 / 30 to 10 / 90) to give 0.252 g of compound 143 as a white solid (74%). 1 H NMR (500 MHz, DMSO-d6) 5 ppm 8.64 (d, J=6.6 Hz, 1 H) . 7.98 (br t, J=5.8 Hz, 1H) 7.87 (d, J=8.8 Hz, 1 H) , 7.39-7.35 (m, 1 H) , 7.17 (d, J=8.5 Hz, 2 H) , 6.96-6.93 (m 1 H) , 6.37 (d, J=8.5 Hz, 2 H) , 5.01 (dquin, J=56, 6.5 Hz, 1 H) , 4.35 (d, J=6, 0 Hz, 2H) , 3.76 (s, 2H) , 3.74 (s, 2H) , 2.61-2.58 (m, 2H) , 2.54 (s, 3H), 2.39-2.30 (m, 2H) Synthesis of compound 144 and compound 145 connection DZ connection Q Getting connection 144 Compound 144 was prepared in the same manner as Compound 138 starting with Intermediate DZ and Intermediate Q. The crude product was purified by preparative LC (S1OH irregular grains, 15-40 µm, 40 g, Grace, dry run (silica gel) , mobile phase gradient: heptane / EtOAc 70 / 30 to 10 / 90) to give 0.128 g compound 144 as a white solid (51%). 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6 ) 5 ppm 8.66 (d J J=7.l Hz, 1 H) , 8.06 (t, J=5.8 Hz, 1 H) , 7.84 (d , J=9 . 1 Hz, 1 H ), 7.38-7.34 (m, 1 H) . 7. 19 (d, J=8. 0 Hz, 2 H) J=8.0Hz, 2H), 6.95-6.92(m, 1H) , 6.49(d, J=9.1Hz, 2H) , 6.43(d, J= 8.1 Hz, 2 H), 4.37 (d, J=6, 1 Hz, 2 H), 4.00 (s, 4 H), 3.95 (s, , 4 H) , 2.99 (q, J=7.6 Hz, 2 H) , 1.24 (t, J=7.6 Hz, 3 H) Getting connection 145 Compound 144 (0.32 g, 0.56 mmol) was dissolved in ethanol (5 ml) and treated with 10% Pd / C (0.064 g, 0.060 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred at a pressure of 3 bar N 2 at room temperature for 3 days, then filtered through a pad of Celite® and evaporated to dryness. The crude product was purified by several preparative LC steps (S1OH irregular grains, 15-40 µm, 24 g, Grace, loading liquid phase (DCM), mobile phase gradient: heptane / (EtOAc / MeOH) (9:1) 90 / 0 to 20 / 80; then C18 spherical, 25 µm, 40 g YMC-ODS-25, dry loaded (Celite®), mobile phase gradient: from 50% (0.2% aq. NH 4 HCO 3 ) , 50% MeCN to 100% MeCN, then 100% MeCN) to give 0.184 g of compound 145 as a white solid (56%). 1H NMR (500 MHz, DMSO-d6) 5 ppm 7.69 (t, J=5.8 Hz, 1 H) , 7.16 (d, J=8.2 Hz, 2 H), 7.12 ( d, J=8.2 Hz, 2 H), 6.49 (d, J=8.8 Hz, 2 H) , 6.41 (d, J=8.5 Hz, 2 H) , 4.27 (d, J=5.7Hz, 2H) , 4.0 (s, 4 H) , 3.99-3.94 (m, 2 H) , 3.94 (s, 4 H) , 2.85 (t, J=6.3 Hz, 2 H) , 2.67 (q, J=7.6 Hz, 2 H) , 1.94-1.88 (m, 2 H) , 1.77-1.72 (m, 2 N), 1.09 (t, J=7.4 Hz, 3 H) Synthesis of compound 146 and compound 147 COOEt Intermediate connection DY LiHMDS, C 2 CI 6 , THE, -70°C to COOEt NaOH. 70 s FROM, THFHO / NfeOH UNSD Cl Intermediate connection EF Meo UNSD intermediate EG connection Cl Intermediate EE Preparation of Intermediate EE 1.5 M LiHMDS (2.64 ml, 3.96 mmol) was added dropwise to a stirred solution of intermediate DY (0.721 g, 3.30 mmol) in THE (10 ml) at -70° C. under N 2 . The reaction mixture was stirred at -70° C. for 2 hours, then hexachloroethane (0.938 g, 3.96 mmol) in THE (2 ml) was added dropwise. The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 4 hours. and quenched with water and saturated aqueous NH 4 C1. The aqueous phase was extracted with EtOAc. The organic phase was dried over MgSO 4 , filtered and evaporated to dryness to give 0.913 g of Intermediate EE (quant) which was used as is in the next step. Obtaining an EF / EG Intermediate 8 M sodium hydroxide (2.05 ml, 16.4 mmol) was added to solution of intermediate EE (813 mg, 3.22 mmol) in THE (3.9 ml) and MeOH (3.9 ml), the resulting mixture was stirred at 70°C during the night. HCl (1 M) was added to the mixture until pH 1 was reached. The resulting precipitate was filtered and dried under high vacuum at 50° C. to give 0.612 g of a mixture of intermediate EF and EG, which was used as is in the next step. Preparation of Compound 146 and Compound 147 Compounds 146 and 147 were prepared in the same manner as compound 138, starting with a mixture of Intermediate EF / EG and Intermediate I. The crude products were purified by preparative LC (S1OH with irregular grains, 15-40 μm, 24 g, Grace, dry load (silica gel), mobile phase gradient: heptane / EtOAc 70 / 30 to 10 / 90) to give 0.128 g (61%) compound 146 and 0.037 g (17%) compound 147, both as white solids . Compound 146 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) 5 ppm 8.36 (t, J=5.8 Hz, 1 H) , 7.87 (d, J=8.6 Hz, 1 H) , 7.42 -7.38 (m, 1 H) , 7.31-7.26 (m, 3 H) , 7.21 (d, J=8, 1 Hz, 2 H) , 7.14 (d, J= 8.6Hz, 2H) , 6.45 (d, J= : 9, 1 Hz 2 H), 4.46 (d, J=5.6 Hz, 2 H) , 3. 9 6 (s, 2 H) , 3.75 (s, 2 H) , 3. 43 - 3.38 (m, 1 H), 3.04 (q, J=7.6 Hz, 2 H) , 2.60-2.54 (m, 2 H) , 2.31-2.25 (m , 2 H) , 1.26 (t, J=7.3 Hz, 3 H) Compound 147 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) 5 ppm 8.14 (t, J=6, 1 Hz, 1 H), 7, 47 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 1 H) , 7.40-7.36 (m, , 1 H ), 7 , 29 (d, J=8 , o Hz, 2 H ) , 7.21 (d, J=8.0 Hz, 2 H) , 7. . 14 (d, 6 H=8. 1 Hz, 2 H) . 6. 46-6. 44 (m, 3 H ) , 4.44 (d, J=5.6 Hz, 2H) , 4.09 (s, 3H) , , 3.96 (S, 2H) , 3.75 (s, 2H) . 3.46-3.38 (m, 1 H) , 3.00 (q, J= = 7.4 Hz, ?-H) G 2.60-2.54 (m, 2 H), 2.31 -2.25(m, 2H) , 1.23(t, J : = 7.6 Hz H) DAST, DCM, 0°С to r.t. CAS[1181816-12-5] Intermediate EH TMSC1, MeON, k. t. .HCI Intermediate connection EI KaCOz. DMSO microwave, 120°С, 1 h. Intermediate connection EJ NHaZMeOH Ni Raney, At 5 bar Intermediate EK Compound 148 Preparation of Intermediate EH To a solution of tert-butyl 6-oxo-2-azaspiro[3.3]heptane-2-carboxylate (CAS [1181816-12-5], 1 g, 4.73 mmol) in dry DCM (50 ml) at 0°C DAST (1.86 ml, 14.2 mmol) was added, then the mixture was warmed to room temperature and stirred for 16 h. Additional DAST (0.62 ml, 1 eq., 4.73 mmol) was added, then the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 3 h. The mixture was quenched with sat. NaHCO 3 , then stirred for 10 min. The layers were separated and the aqueous layer was extracted with DCM (2x). The combined organic layers were dried over MgSO 4 , filtered and evaporated to dryness to give 1.02 g of intermediate EH as a yellow solid (76%). Preparation of Intermediate EI Accordingly, Intermediate 83 was prepared in the same manner as Intermediate DJ starting from Intermediate EH to give 0.764 g as a beige solid. Obtaining an EJ Intermediate Accordingly, Intermediate EJ was prepared in the same manner as Intermediate DK and 4-fluorobenzonitrile starting from Intermediate EI, with obtaining 0.608 g as a white solid, 74%. Preparation of Intermediate EK Accordingly, Intermediate EK was prepared in the same manner as Intermediate DL, starting with Intermediate EJ to give 0.559 g as a blue solid, 74%. Getting connection 148 Compound 148 was prepared in the same manner as compound 117 (using triethylamine instead of DIPEA), starting with Intermediate L and Intermediate EK. The crude product was purified by preparative LC (S1OH with grains of irregular shape, 15-40 microns, 40 g, Grace, dry loading (Celite®), mobile phase gradient: heptane / (EtOAc / MeOH) (9:1) 85 / 15 to 40 / 60) to give 0.285 g of compound 148 as a white solid (70%). 1H NMR (500 MHz, DMSO-d6) 5 ppm 9.38 (d, J=2.5 Hz, 1 H) 8.67 (d, J=2.5 Hz, 1 H), 8.50 (t, J=5.8 Hz, 1 H), 7.19 (d, J=8.2 Hz, 2 H) , 6.42 (d, J=8.2 Hz, 2 H) , 4.41 (d, J=5.7 Hz, 2 H) , 3.85 (s, 4 H) , 2.99 (q, J=7.5 Hz, 2 H) , 2.84 (t, J=12.6 Hz, 4 H) . 1.26 (t, J=7.6Hz, 3H) Synthesis of compound 149 CAS[105942-08-3] Intermediate R iPrMgCl.LiCI, CAS[38383-49-2], CoC1 6 , THF, from 0°C doc. t. F Intermediate connection EL Intermediate connection EM Pd(OAc)2. Xanthos, NaOtBu, dioxane, 100°С NH 3 / MeOH Ni Raney, H?5 bar Intermediate EN F Intermediate EO Et 3 N, EDCI, NOVT, DCM F Preparation of Intermediate EL 1.3M IPrMgCl.LiCI (7.14 mL, 9.28 mmol) was added to solution of 2-fluoro-4-bromobenzonitrile in anhydrous THE (25 ml) at 0°C under N atmosphere 2 . The resulting solution was stirred at 0°C for 4 h under N2 flow followed by cannulation (approx. 30 min) into a solution of intermediate R and N1,N1,N2,N2-tetramethylcyclohexane-1,2-diamine (CAS [38383-49-2], 0.063 g , 0.37 mmol) and C0CI2 (0.04 g, 0.31 mmol) in anhydrous THF (25 ml) under N 2 at 0°C. The resulting mixture was stirred at room temperature for 18 hours, then quenched with water. EtOAc was added, the aqueous layer was separated and extracted with EtOAc (2x). The combined organic layers were washed with brine, dried over MgSO 4 , filtered and evaporated to dryness. The crude mixture was purified by several steps of preparative LC (S1OH with regular grains, 30 μm, 80 g, Interchim, dry-loaded (Celite®), mobile phase gradient: heptane / EtOAc 95 / 5 to 60 / 40; then 018 with grains spherical, 25 µm, 120 g YMC-ODS-25, dry loaded (Celite®), mobile phase gradient: from 20% (0.2% aq. NH 4 HCO 3 ) , 80% MeCN to 100% MeCN) to give 0.933 g of intermediate EL as a white solid, 95%. Obtaining an EM Intermediate Accordingly, Intermediate EM was prepared in the same manner as Intermediate DJ starting from Intermediate EL to give 0.608 g as a white solid, 74%. Obtaining an intermediate connection EN Accordingly, Intermediate EN was prepared in the same manner as Intermediate DW, starting with Intermediate EM and 4-bromotrifluoromethoxybenzene to give 0.478 g as a white solid, 44%. Preparation of Intermediate EO Accordingly, Intermediate EO was prepared in the same manner as Intermediate DL starting from Intermediate EN to give 0.18 g as a blue solid, 89%. Getting connection 149 Compound 149 was obtained in the same way as compound 131 starting with 6-chloro-2-ethylimidazo[1,2-a]pyridine-3-carboxylic acid CAS [1216142-18-5] and intermediate EO. The crude product was purified by several steps of preparative LC (S1OH with irregular grains, 15-40 μm, 24 g, Grace, dry load (Celite®) , mobile phase gradient: heptane / (EtOAc / MeOH) (9:1) from 95 / 5 to 50 / 50, then C18 spherical, 25 µm, 40 g YMC-ODS-25, dry loaded (Celite®), mobile phase gradient: 50% (0.2% aq. NH 4 HCO 3 ) , 50% MeCN to 100% MeCN, then 100% MeCN) to give 0.148 g of compound 149 as a white solid (41%) . 1H NMR (500 MHz, DMSO-d6) 5 pp 9.06 (d, J=l.6 Hz, 1 H) , 8.46 (t, J=5.7 Hz, 1 H) , 7.67 ( d, J=9.5 Hz, 1 N), 7.46 (dd, J=9.5, 2.2 Hz, 1 I), 7.36 (t, J=7.9 Hz, 1 I), 7.15-7.06 (w, 4 I), 6.45 ( d, J=7.8 Hz, 2 R) , 4 , 54 (br d, J=5, 7 Hz, 2 R), 3.96 (s, 2 R), 3.75 (s, 2 R) , 3.44 (quin, J=8.8 Hz, 1 R) D 2.98 (q, J=7.6 Hz, 2 R), 2.59-2.55 (w, 2 R), 2 .32-2.28 (w, 2 and 1.26 (t, J=7.6 Hz, 3 I) Synthesis of compound 150 iPrMgCl.LiCL Fe(acac)j, T'MEDA, THF, 0°C to r.t. TMSC1, MeON, k. t. CAS[133059-44-6] Vg Intermediate R F Intermediate EP Intermediate EQ OCF 3 Pd(OAc)2. Xanthos, NaOtBu, dioxane, 100°С Intermediate ES Et 3 N, EDCI, NOVT, DCM Intermediate connection ER Preparation of Intermediate EP 1.3 M iPrMgCl.LiCl (10.5 ml, 13.7 mmol) was added to a solution of 4-bromo-3-fluorobenzonitrile (1.39 g, 6.96 mmol) in anhydrous THE (8 ml) at 0°C in N atmosphere 2 . The resulting solution was stirred at 0°C for 4 hours in a stream of N 2 . This solution was added dropwise over 1 hour to a solution of Intermediate R (0.75 g, 2.32 mmol), Ee(acac) 3 (0.082 g, 0.23 mmol) and TMEDA (0.84 ml, 5.57 mmol) in anhydrous THF (15 ml) under N 2 , at 0°С. The resulting mixture was stirred at room temperature for 18 hours, then quenched with NH 4 C1. EtOAc and water were added, the aqueous layer was separated and extracted with EtOAc. The combined organic layers were washed with brine, dried over MgSO4, filtered and evaporated to dryness. The crude mixture was purified by preparative LC (S1OH irregular grains, 15-40 µm, 50 g, Merck, dry-load (Celite®), mobile phase gradient: heptane / EtOAc 100 / 0 to 65 / 35) to give 0.391 g intermediate EP as a yellow solid (53%). Obtaining an EQ Intermediate Accordingly, Intermediate EQ was prepared in the same manner as Intermediate EM, starting with Intermediate EP to give 0.325 g as a green gum, quant. Obtaining an ER Intermediate Accordingly, Intermediate ER was prepared in the same manner as Intermediate EN, starting with Intermediate EQ and 4-bromotrifluoromethoxybenzene to give 0.385 g as a white solid, 81%. Obtaining an ES Intermediate Accordingly, Intermediate ES was prepared in the same manner as Intermediate EC, starting with Intermediate ER to give 0.229 g as a gray solid, 59%. Getting connection 150 Compound 150 was prepared in the same manner as compound 149, starting with 6-chloro-2-ethylimidazo[1,2-a]pyridine-3-carboxylic acid CAS [1216142-18-5] and intermediate ES. The crude product was purified by preparative LC (S1OH with irregular grains, 15-40 μm, 24 g, Grace, dry load (Celite®), mobile phase gradient: heptane / (EtOAc / MeOH) (9:1) from 95 / 5 up to 50 / 50) to obtain 0.289 g of compound 150 in as a white solid (84%). 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) 5 ppm 9.08 (s, 1 H) , , 8.48 (t, J=5.8 Hz, 1 H) , 7.67 (d, J=9 , 6 Hz, 1 H) , 7.46 (dd, J=9.6, 2.0 Hz, 1 H) , 7.33 (t, J=7.9 Hz, 1 H) , 7.19- 7.11 (m, 4 H) , 6.45 (d, J=8.6 Hz, 2 H) , 4.51 (br d, J=5.6 Hz, 2 H) , 3.98 (s , 2 H) , 3.75 (s, 2 H), 3.57 (quin, J=8.8 Hz, 1 H) , 3.00 (q, J=7.4 Hz, 2 H) , 2 , 61 -2 .56 (t, 2 H), 2.37-2.31 (m, 2 H) , 1.27 (t, J=7.6 Hz, 3 H) Synthesis of compound 151 Intermediate connection G Pd(OAc) 2 , Xanthos, NaOtBu, dioxane, 100°C CAS [333-47-1] LiAIHj, EtzO, back Intermediate ET Preparation of Intermediate ET Accordingly, Intermediate ET was prepared in the same manner as Intermediate DQ, starting with Intermediate G and 1-bromo-4-(trifluoromethylthio)benzene CAS [333-47-1] to give 0.37 g as brown solids, 60%. Obtaining an EU Intermediate Intermediate ET (0.32 g, 0.855 mmol) was added portionwise to the LiAlH suspension 4 (0.04 g, 1.05 mmol) in dry Et 2 O (8 ml) at 0°C under N atmosphere 2. The mixture was warmed to room temperature, then heated under reflux for 3 hours and evaporated to dryness. The residue was taken up in MeOH and filtered through a pad of Celite®. The precipitate was washed with MeOH and the filtrate was evaporated to dryness to give 0.328 g of intermediate EU as a pale yellow solid (quant.). Getting connection 151 Compound 151 was prepared in the same manner as compound 150, starting with 6-chloro-2-ethylimidazo[1,2-a]pyridine-3-carboxylic acid CAS [1216142-18-5] and intermediate EU. The crude product was purified by preparative LC (S1OH with irregular grains, 15-40 µm, 30 g, Merck, dry-load (Celite®), mobile phase gradient: heptane / EtOAc 90 / 10 to 10 / 90) to give 0.189 g of compound 151 as a white solid (41 %). 1H NMR (500 MHz, DMSO-d6) 5 ppm 9.08 (s, 1 H) , 8.47 (t, J=5.7 Hz, 1 H) , 7.67 (d, J=9.5 Hz, 1 H), 7.49-7.41 (m, 3 H) , 7.32 (d, J=7.9 Hz, 2 H), 7.23 (d, J=7,S) Hz , 2H) , 6.48 (d, J= : 8.5 Hz, 2 H) 4.50 (br d, J=5.7 Hz, 2 H) 4.05 (s, 2 H) 3.83 (s 2 H) 3.32 (quin, J=8, 8 Hz, 1 H), 2.99 (q, J = 7.6 Hz, 2 H), 2.66-2.62 (m, 2 H), 2.33-2 .27 (m, 2H) , 1.27 (t, J=7.6Hz, 3H) Synthesis of compound 152 CAS[1147557-S7-8) DIAD, PPh 3 , PhMe, from 0°С to k.t. EV connection F intermediate F NH 3 / MeOH \i Raney, Hi 2 bar Intermediate EX Intermediate connection EY Pd(OAcX Xaitphos, NaOtBu, dioxane, 100°С Obtaining an EV Intermediate Solution of DIAD (0.74 ml, 3.75 mmol) in toluene (5 ml) was added to a solution of 6-oxo-2-azaspiro[3.3]heptane-2-carboxylate (CAS [1147557-97-8], 0.8 g, 3.75 mmol), 4-fluorophenol (0.421 g, 3.75 mmol) and triphenylphosphine (1.48 g, 5.63 mmol) in toluene (35 ml) at 0°C in N atmosphere 2 . Provides slow heating reaction mixture to room temperature overnight. Additional 4-fluorophenol (0.21 g, 1.88 mmol) was added and the reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for an additional 3 days. The reaction mixture was evaporated to dry, then dissolved in a minimum amount of diethyl ether and cooled to 0°C. Heptane was added in large excess and the resulting mixture was evaporated in vacuo, which caused PPh to precipitate. 3 O, which was filtered off and washed with diethyl ether. The filtrate was evaporated to dryness and purified by preparative LC (S1OH irregular grains, 15-40 µm, 40 g, Grace, dry-load (silica gel), gradient mobile phase: heptane / EtOAc 90 / 10 to 50 / 50) to give 1.07 g of intermediate EV as a yellow solid (not obtained pure, but used as is in the next step). Obtaining an EW Intermediate Connection A solution of intermediate EV (0.945 g, 3.08 mmol) and chlorotrimethylsilane (1.95 ml, 15.4 mmol) in anhydrous methanol (31 ml) was stirred under N 2 during the night. Then the reaction mixture was evaporated to dryness and the residue was triturated in Et 2 O, filtered and dried to give 0.543 g of intermediate EW as a beige solid (85%). Preparation of Intermediate EX Mixture of intermediate EW (0.393 g, 1.90 mmol), 4-bromobenzonitrile (0.518 g, 2.84 mmol) and sodium tert-butoxide (0.729 g, 7.59 mmol) in 1,4-dioxane (20 mL) degassed in an atmosphere of N 2 . Palladium acetate (0.043 g, 0.190 mmol) and Xanthos (0.11 g, 0.190 mmol) were then added, the mixture was again purged with N 2 and heated to 120° C. overnight. The mixture was cooled to room temperature and filtered through a pad of Celite®. The precipitate was washed with EtOAc and the filtrate was evaporated to dryness. The crude product was purified by preparative LC (irregular S1OH, 15-40 µm, 80 g, Grace, dry-load (silica gel), mobile phase gradient: heptane / EtOAc 90 / 10 to 50 / 50) to give 0.24 g of intermediate EX as a yellow solid (41%). Obtaining an EY Intermediate Accordingly, Intermediate EY was prepared in the same manner as Intermediate ES, starting with Intermediate EX to give 0.304 g as a white solid, 97%. Getting connection 152 Compound 152 was obtained in the same way as compound 131 (with heating to 50°C), starting from the intermediate compound L and intermediate connection EY. The crude product was purified by preparative LC (irregular SiOH, 15-40 µm, 40 g Grace, dry loaded (silica gel), mobile phase gradient: heptane / EtOAc 90 / 10 to 10 / 90) to give 0.157 g of compound 152 as a yellow solid (67%). 1H NMR (500 MHz, DMSO-d6) 5 ppm 9.38 (d, J=2.5 Hz, 1 H) , 8.67 (d, J=2.8 Hz, 1 H) , 8.49 ( t, J=5.8 Hz, 1 H) , 7.19 (d, J=8.2 Hz, 2 H) , 7.10 (t, J=8.8 Hz, 2 H) , 6.86 (dd, J=9,l, 4.4Hz, 2 H) , 6.39 (d, J=8.2 Hz, 2 H) , 4.63 (quin, J=6.9 Hz, 1 H) , 4.40 (d, J=6.0 Hz, 2 H) , 3.84 (s, 2 H) , 3.76 (s, 2 H) , 2.99 (q, J=7.5 Hz, 2 H), 2.75-2.72 (m, 2 H), 2.26-2.22 (m, 2 H), 1.26 (t, J=7.6 Hz, 3H) Synthesis of compound 153 CAS[1147557-97-8] NC- Intermediate connection I B TMSCF3, KF, SelectFluor. AgOTf, 2-fluoropyridine NH 3 / MeOH N1 Renee, HC1 in SRME, MeON, k. t. ‘CN Intermediate connection EZ HN HCI KgCO.,, DMSO, 120°С Intermediate FA -OCF 3 Intermediate connection FC EDCI, NOVT, DCM, Ph.D. Preparation of the EZ Intermediate Silver triflate (4.79 g, 18.6 mmol) was dissolved, Selectfluor (3.30 g, 9.32 mmol), potassium fluoride (1.44 g, 24.9 mmol) tert-butyl-2-hydroxy-7-azaspiro[3.5]nonane-7- carboxylate (CAS [240401-28-9], 1.50 g, 6.22 mmol) in ethyl acetate (33 ml) . 2-Fluoropyridine (1.60 ml) and 2 M trifluoromethyltrimethylsilane (9.32 ml, 18.6 mmol) were added under N 2 and the resulting mixture was stirred at room temperature for 40 hours. The reaction mixture was then filtered through Celite® and evaporated to dryness. The crude mixture was purified by preparative LC (irregular SiOH, 15-40 µm, 120 g, Grace, dry-load (silica gel), mobile phase gradient: heptane / EtOAc 90 / 10 to 80 / 20) to give 0.855 g of intermediate EZ as a white solid (44%). Preparation of Intermediate FA Intermediate EZ (0.853 g, 2.76 mmol) was dissolved in methanol (21 ml) and treated with 3 M HCl in CPME (4.6 ml, 13.8 mmol) at 0°C. The reaction mixture was then stirred at room temperature overnight. The solvent was removed under reduced pressure to give 0.674 g of intermediate FA as a white solid (99%). Preparation of Intermediate EB Suspension of intermediate FA (0.67 g, 3.21 mmol), 4-fluorobenzonitrile (0.79 g, 6.45 mmol) and potassium carbonate (3.53 g, 25.5 mmol) in DMSO (32 mL) heated at 120° C. overnight. The reaction mixture was quenched with water and extracted with EtOAc (3x). The combined organic phases were washed with water (3x) and brine (2x), dried over MgSO 4 , filtered and evaporated to dryness. The crude product was purified by preparative LC (S1OH with irregular grains 15-40 μm, 40 g Grace, dry load (silica gel), mobile phase gradient: heptane / EtOAc 90 / 10 to 70 / 30) to give 0.747 g of intermediate EB as a white solid (70%). Obtaining an EC Intermediate Accordingly, Intermediate EC was prepared in the same manner as Intermediate ES starting from Intermediate EB to give 0.241 g as a white solid, 95%. Getting connection 153 Compound 153 was prepared in the same manner as Compound 152, starting with Intermediate L and Intermediate 103. The crude product was purified by preparative LC (S1OH with irregular grains, 15-40 μm, 40 g, Grace, dry run (silica gel) , mobile phase gradient: heptane / EtOAc 90 / 10 to 10 / 90) to give 0.222 g of compound 153 as a yellow solid (59%). 1H NMR (500 MHz, DMSO-d6) 5 pp 9.39 (d, J=2.8 Hz, 1 H) , 8.67 (d, J=2.5 Hz, 1 H), 8.50 (t, J=5.8 Hz, 1 H), 7.21 (d, J=8.5 Hz, 2 H) , 6.90 (d, J=8.5 Hz, 2 H) , 4.89 (quin, J=7.2 Hz, 1 H) , 4.42 (d, J=5.7 Hz, 2 H), 3.09-3.07 (m, 2 H), 3.04-3.02 (m, 2 H), 3.00 (q, J=7.5 Hz, 2 H) , 2.36-2.32 (m, 2 H) , 1.98-1.94 (m, 2 H) , 1.66-1.64 (m, 4 H), 1.27 (t, J=7.4 Hz, 3 H) Synthesis of compound 154 -WOS NC- Intermediate F Intermediate connection FF Intermediate connection FD Compound 154 Obtaining an FD Intermediate Accordingly, Intermediate FD was prepared in the same manner as Intermediate ES starting from Intermediate F to give 1.29 g as a white solid, 81%. Obtaining an intermediate compound FE To a solution of 6-chloro-2-ethylimidazo[1,2-a]pyridine-3-carboxylic acid (CAS [1216142-18-5], 0.117 g, 0.504 mmol) in DCM (5.1 ml) and triethylamine (0 18 ml) EDCI (145 mg, 0.756 mmol) and HOBt (103 mg, 0.760 mmol) were added and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 30 minutes. Intermediate FD (0.162 g, 0.536 mmol) was added and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 4 hours. The mixture was washed with water (2x). The organic layer was dried over MgSOo, filtered and evaporated to dryness to give 0.293 g of Intermediate EE as a colorless oil (quant) which was used as is in the next step. Preparation of Intermediate EE To a solution of intermediate EE (0.291 g, 0.572 mmol) in methanol (5.9 mL) was added trimethylchlorosilane (0.37 mL, 2.94 mmol) and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for for 16 hours. The mixture was evaporated to dryness to obtain 0.304 g of intermediate EE as pale yellow foam (quant.). Getting connection 154 Trifluoromethanesulfonic acid anhydride (0.12 ml, 0.696 mmol) was added to a solution of intermediate FF (155 mg, 0.348 mmol) and DMAP (2.13 mg, 17.4 µmol) in triethylamine (0.39 ml, 2.7 8 mmol) and DCM (5.3 ml) at 0°C. The resulting mixture was stirred at 0°C for 6 hours. Water was added and the organic layer was washed with water, dried over MgSO 4 , filtered and evaporated to dryness. The crude product was purified by preparative LC (S1OH with irregular grains, 15-40 μm, 40 g, Grace, dry load (silica gel), mobile phase gradient: heptane / EtOAc 90 / 10 to 10 / 90) to give 186 mg pale -yellow solid which was triturated in heptane and purified by preparative LC (C18 25 µm spherical beads, 40 g YMC-ODS-25, dry loaded (Celite®), mobile phase gradient: 0.2% aq. NH 4 HCO3 / MeCH 90 / 10 to 0 / 100) to give 0.112 g of compound 154 as a white solid (59%). 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) 5 ppm 9.07 (s, 1 H), 8.47 (br s, 1 H) , 7.67 (d, J=8.l Hz, 1 H) . 7.46 (br d, J=9, 1 Hz, 1 H), 7.30 (br d, J=8.1 Hz, 2 H) , 7.20 (br d, J=7.6 Hz, 2 H) , 4.49 (br d, J=5, 1 Hz, 2 H) , 4.41 (s, 2 H) , 4.18 (s, 2 H) , 3.39-3.31 (m, 1 H), 2.98 (q, J=7.4 Hz, 2 H), 2.63-2.58 (m, 2 H), 2.34-2.29 (m, 2 H), 1.26 (br t, J=7.3 Hz, 3 H) Synthesis of compound 155 and compound 156 HN' NC- KgCO3, DMSO microwave, 120°С., 1 h NC- Intermediate connection FG NH 3 / MeOH Ni Raney. AND; 5 bar EDCJ, NOVT, Et 3 N, DCM to-t. CAS[1263182-09-7] Pd / C, N 2 5 bar. MeON, k. t. Intermediate connection FH Preparation of the FG Intermediate Accordingly, intermediate FG was prepared in the same manner as intermediate DK starting from 2-thia- 6-azaspiro[3.3]heptane-2,2-dioxide CAS [1263182-09-7] four- fluorobenzonitrile to give 0.206 g as a white solid, 51%. Preparation of Intermediate FH Accordingly, Intermediate FH was prepared in the same manner as Intermediate ES starting from Intermediate FG to give 0.208 g as a white solid, 93%. Getting connection 155 Compound 155 was prepared in the same manner as compound 153, starting with 6-chloro-2-ethylimidazo[1,2-a]pyridine-3-carboxylic acid CAS [1216142-18-5] and intermediate FH. The crude product was purified by preparative LC (S1OH with irregular grains, 15-40 μm, 24 g, Grace, dry load (silica gel), mobile phase gradient: heptane / EtOAc 90 / 10 to 10 / 90) to give 0.252 g of compound 155 as a white solid (69%). 1 H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) 5 pp 9.05 (s, 1 H), 8.40 (br s, 1 H) , 7.66 (d, J=8.6 Hz, 1 H) . 7.45 (d, J=9.6 Hz, 1 N) , 7.21 (d, J=7.1 Hz, 2 N) , 6.46 (d, J=8.1 Hz, 1 N) , 4.47 (d, J=1.5 Hz, 4 H) , 4.41 (br s, 2 H) , 3.99 (s, 4 H) , 2.96 (q, J=7.4 Hz, 2 N) , 1.25 (t, J=7.4 Hz, 3 N) Getting connection 156 Solution of compound 155 (0.117 g, 255 µmol) in methanol (5.6 ml) was degassed by sparging with N 2 for 5 minutes, after which 10% Pd / C (8.99 mg, 8.44 µmol) was added. The resulting mixture was stirred at room temperature at a pressure of 5 bar N 2 during the night. The mixture was filtered through a pad of Celite®, rinsed with EtOAc and evaporated to dryness. The crude product was purified by preparative LC (S1OH regular grains 15-40 µm, 24 g, Grace, dry-load (silica gel), mobile phase gradient: heptane / EtOAc 70 / 30 to 0 / 100, then 100% MeOH) with obtaining 0.095 g of compound 156 as a white solid (69%). 1 H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) 5 ppm 8.10 (br t, J=5.6 Hz, 1 H), 7, 13 (d, J=8.6 Hz, 2 H ), 6.44 (d, J=8.l Hz, 2 H), 4.46 (s, 4 H 4.29 (br d, J =6.l HZ, 2 H) , 3.98 (s, 4 H) , 3.97-3.94 (m, 2 H 2.71-2.68 (m, 2 H) , 2.58 ( q, J=7.4Hz, 2H), 1.83-1.78(m, 4H 1.08(t, J=7.6Hz, 3n: Synthesis of compound 157 RY(OAc)b BFj, OEtj, MeTHF, 5°C to r.t. UNSD EtOH / HjO NaOH, k, t. Intermediate connection FI CAS[21717-95-3] Intermediate FJ Obtaining an FI Intermediate 2-amino-3-fluoropyridine solution (CAS [21717-95-3], 0.2 g, 1.7 8 mmol) in Me-THF (9 ml) was cooled to 5°C. Ethyl 3-oxovalerate ethyl 3-oxovalerate (0.50 ml, 3.53 mmol), iodobenzene diacetate (0.578 g, 1.79 mmol) and boron trifluoride etherate (0.024 ml, 0.089 mmol) were added successively. The solution was stirred at 5°C for 2 hours and then warmed to room temperature. temperature during the night. Added EtOAc and saturated aqueous NaHCO 3 . The layers were separated and the aqueous layer was extracted with EtOAc. The combined organic layers were dried over MgSO 4 , filtered and evaporated to dryness. The crude mixture was purified by preparative LC (irregular S1OH, 15-40 µm, 120 g, Grace, loading liquid phase (DCM), mobile phase gradient: heptane / EtOAc 90 / 10 to 70 / 30) to give 0.274 g intermediate FI as a white solid (65%). Obtaining the FJ Intermediate To a solution of intermediate FI (0.172 g, 0.73 mmol) in water (2.4 ml) and ethanol (2.4 ml) was added sodium hydroxide (0.088 g, 2.19 mmol) and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for night. The mixture was acidified to pH 3 with HC1 (3 n.). EtOH was evaporated and the basicity of the residue was increased KOH solution. The resulting white precipitate was collected by filtration and acidified with HCl (1 M) to pH 1 and the white solid was filtered and dried to give 0.119 g of Intermediate FJ as a white solid (79%). Getting connection 157 Compound 157 was prepared in the same manner as Compound 131 starting with Intermediate FJ and Intermediate I. The crude product was purified by preparative LC (S1OH with irregular grains, 15-40 μm, 40 g, Grace, dry run (silica gel) , mobile phase gradient: heptane / EtOAc 90 / 10 to 10 / 90) to give 0.091 g of JNJ-65053092-AAA as a white solid (42%) . 1H NMR (500 MHz, DMSO-d6) 5 ppm 8.76 (d, J=6.9 Hz, 1 H) , 8.56 (br t, J=5.7 Hz, 1 H) , 7.32 -7.27(m, 3H) , 7.22(d, J=8.2Hz, 2H) , 7.14(d, J=8.5Hz, 2H) , 7.00-6 .96(m, 1H) .6.45(d, J=9, 1Hz, 2H) , 4.50(d, J=6, 0Hz, 2H) , 3.96(s, 2H) , 3.75(s, 2 H), 3.45-3.38 (m, 1 H), 2.99 (q, J=7.6 Hz, 2 H), 2.60-2.55 (m, 2 H), 2.30-2.26 (m, 2 H), 1.27 (t, J=7.6 Hz, 3 H) The following compounds were also prepared according to the procedures described in this document: Compound 158 C.I. Compound 160 Compound 161 Compound 165 Compound 166 Characteristic data table Compound No. Melting point (Kofler or DSC) LCMS TC % area UV MW exact BPM1 / BPM2 LCMS Method 1 3.21 97.9506.2507.1 Method A 17 3.18 98.3 427 2428.1 Method A 2 4.40 9 6.9 568.2 569.1 Method A 3 4.88 99.3569.2570.1 Method A 23 3.39 94.2 450.2 451.2 Method A 22 3.72 9 9.6 484.2 485.1 Method A 5 4.45 99.3 570.2 571.1 Method A 9 4.08 97.0 485.2 486.1 Method A 7 3 .96 100.0 568.2 569.1 Method A 15 4.41 100.0 520.2 521.2 Method B 4 4.10 98.1 569.2 570.1 Method A 12 25-300°C / 10°Cmin / 4 0 µl Al 3.33 98.7 394.2 395.4 / 393.1 Method C 25 3.69 95.0 620.2 621.2 Method A 6 3.64 99.4539, 3540.2 Method A Compound No. Melting point (Kofler or DSC) LCMS TC % UV area MW exact BPM1 / BPM2 LCMS Method 8 4.49 97.7 569.2570.1 Method A 10 4.16 92.1 610, 2 611.1 Method A 18 5.10 99.1 412.2 413.1 Method A 24 3.96 96. 3 526. 2 527.1 Method A 13 131.37°C / - 58.88 J / g 25-350°C / 10°Cmin / 4 0 µl A1 3.43 98.8 444.1 445 / 442.9 Method C 16 4.12 98.4 426, 2427.2 Method B 26 3.52 100 , 0 619.2620.2 Method A 19 2.52 9 9.6 396.2 397.1 Method A 11 2.52 97.1 486.2 487.1 Method A 21 2.58 96.7 410, 2 409 / 407 Method C 14 3.29 100.0 550.2 551.2 Method A 27 136°C (According to Kofler) 2.47 92.7 396. 2 397.1 / 395 Method C 28 2.44 95 .5 485.2 486.1 Method A 29 4.45 98.2 534.2 535.1 Method B 30 160°C (According to Kofler) 2.38 99.4 368.1 369 / 367 Method C 31 2, 39 97.7 406.2 407.2 Method A Additional characterization data Compound No. Melting point (Kofler or DSC) LCMS K. T. UV area % MW (theor.) BPM1 / BPM2 LCMS Method 28 3.78 96.6597.2 598.1 Method D 14 3.29 100, 0 550.2 551.2 Method D 15 4.41 100.0 520.2 521.2 Method E 1 3.21 97.9 506.2 507.1 Method D 7 3.96 100.0 568.2 569 .1 Method D 29 4.45 98.2 534.2 535.1 Method E 81 3.79 100.0 454.2 455.1 Method E 16 3.01 99.7 426.2 427.1 Method D 4 184.57°C / -35.49 J / g 25-350°C / 10°Cmin / 40 µl A1 3.72 98.73 569.18 570.2 / 568.6 Method F 24 3.96 96, 3,526.2 527.1 Method D 23 3.39 94.2 450.2 451.2 Method D 26 3.52 100.0 619.2 620.2 Method D 22 3.72 99.6 484.2 485 .1 Method D 2 4.40 96.9 568.2 569.1 Method D 3 4.61 97.6 569.2 570.1 Method D 77 2.44 95.47 485.2 486.1 Method D 8 4.49 97.71 569.2 570.1 Method D 9 4.08 97.02 485.2 486.1 Method D 13 131.37°C / -58.88 J / g 25-350°C / 10 °Cmin / 40 µl A1 3.43 98.8 444.1 445 / 442.9 Method F 12 See curve 25-300°C / 10°Cmin / 40 µl A1 3.33 98.7 394.2 395, 4 / 393.1 Method F 5 242.43°C / -52.69 J / g 25-350°C / 10°Cmi n / 40 µl A1 3.56 98.2 570.2 571.3 / 569.5 Method F 30 160°C (Kofler) 2.11 98.2 368.1 369 / 367 Method F Compound No. Melting point (Kofler or DSC) LCMS K. T. UV area % MW (theor.) BPM1 / BPM2 Method LCMS 20 See curve 25-300°C / 10°Cmin / 40 µl A1 2.38 99 .4 410.2 411.1 / 409.1 Method F 27 136°C (According to Kofler) 2.47 92.7 396.2 397.1 / 395 Method F 21 2.77 99.3 408.2 409, 1 Method G 11 2.52 97.06 486, 1487.1 Method D 18 5.1 99.14 412.2 413.1 Method H 10 4.16, 4.22 92.14, 4.77 610, 2611.1, 611.1 Method D 17 3.18 98.34 427.2 428.1 Method D 19 2.52 99.61 396.2 397.1 Method D 6 3.64 99.4 539.3 540.2 Method D 31 2.39 97.7 406.2 407.2 Method D 66 4.41 97.7 611.2 612.1 Method D 80 4.93 100.0 582.2 583.1 Method D 32 3.48 99.5 506.2 507.1 Method D 79 4.86 98.7 583.2 584.1 Method D 34 3.52 96.45 406.2 407.2 Method E 35 4.59 98 .76 510.2 511.2 Method D 68 180.57°C / -42.61 J / g 25-350°C / 10°Cmin / 40 µl A1 3.62 99.3 555.2 556.2 / 554.5 Method F 64 3.4 98.1 492.2 493.1 Method D 39 4.27 98.46 519.2 520 Method D 40 3.72 97.68 447.2 448.1 Method D 38 4 .03 97.72 520.2 521.1 Method D 41 2.77 98.27 49 1.3 492.2 Method D 70 3.53 99.43 554.3 555.2 Method D 43 4.02 99.14 535.0 535.1 Method D 44 3.91 97.85 461.2 462, 1 Method D 78 3.53 99.32 411.2 412.2 Method E 48 3.03 99.74 476.2 477.2 Method D 49 2.93 97.41 486.2 487.2 Method D 61 3 98.65 490.3 491.2 Method D Compound No. Melting point (Kofler or DSC) LCMS KT UV area % MW (theor.) BPM1 / BPM2 LCMS Method 46 2.83 95.62 505.3 506.2 Method D 47 3.71 95 549 .2 550.2 Method D 51 3.67 98.3 549.6 550.1 Method D 53 2.92 100.0 486.2 487.2 Method D 52 3.11 93.0 500.2 501.2 Method D 65 3.95 96.8 538.3 539.2 Method D 69 3.79 98.8 553.3 554.2 Method D 33 3.43 98.0 447.2 448.1 Method D 63 5, 51 95.4 507.2 508.1 Method H 60 3.55 100.0 521.2 522.1 Method D 71 3.55 100.0 553.3 554.2 Method D 36 3.62 99.5 548 .2 549.2 Method D 37 4.35 98.4 509.2 510.2 Method D 42 4.28 99.9 510.2 511.2 Method D 45 4.16 98.8 509.2 510.1 Method D 50 2.87 98.8 500.2 501.2 Method D 54 3.70 99.1 507.2 508.1 Method D 55 2.90 99.2 486.2 487.1 Method D 97 4, 40 99.9 549.2 550.2 Method D 98 4.47 99.9 549.2 550.2 Method D 99 2.85 100.0 486.2 487.2 Method D 100 5.57 100.0 461 .2 462.2 Method H 101 3.70 100.0 522.0 522.1 Method D 102 4.90 100.0 549.2 550.2 Method D 103 4.97 100.0 549.2 550.2 Method D 104 3.61 99.4 548.2 5 49.2 Method D 105 3.78 100.0 501.2 502.2 Method D 106 3.77 98.67 487.2 488.1 Method D 107 3.75 100.0 501.2 502.2 Method D 108 3.80 98.6 487.2 488.1 Method D 109 3.95 96.4 500.2 501.2 Method E 58 4.47 98.9 570.2 571.1 Method D 67 4.39 98 .9 554.2 555.1 Method D 110 5.61 99.0 506.2 507.1 Method H 72 4.16 99.5 568.2 569.1 Method G 111 2.87 97.8 500.2 501.2 Method G Compound No. Melting point (Kofler or DSC) LCMS K. T. UV area % MW (theor.) BPM1 / BPM2 Method LCMS 73 3.61, 3.68 91.65, 7.33 569.2 570.1 Method I 74 5.43 99.9 553.3 554.2 Method H 112 3.74 98.9 548.2 549.2 Method G 113 5.18 99.1 520.2 521.1 Method J 56 4, 86 96.5550.2 551.2 Method G 57 4.47 96.8551.2 552.1 Method G 59 3.67 95.3 502.2 503.1 Method G 114 5.40 99.1 581 .2 582.1 Method G 115 5.07 98.0 509.2 510.2 Method G 76 136, 04°C / -55.97 J / g 25-350°C / 10°Cmin / 40 µl A1 3 .88 96.9 583.2 584.3 / 582.7 Method F 75 183.86°C / -50.09 J / g 25-300°C / 10°Cmin / 40 µl A1 3.89 100.0 583.2 584.3 / 582.6 Method F 92 80.75°C / -33.76 J / g 25-350°C / 10°C min / 40 µl A1 3.16 100 504.2 505.1 / 503.5 Method F 116 2.86 99.8 436.2 437.1 Method G 84 137.48°C / -87.44 J / g 25-350°C / 10°Cmin / 40 µl A1 3.06 100.0 438.2 439.1 / 437.4 Method F 87 190.35°C / -55.85 J / g 25-250°C / 10°C min / 40 µl A1 3.61 100.0 532, 2 533.2 / 531.6 Method F 88 156, 54°C / -49.74 J / g 25-350°C / 10°C min / 40 µl A1 3.44 97.2 533.2 5 34.2 / 532.4 Method F Compound No. Melting point (Kofler or DSC) LCMS K. T. UV area % MW (theor.) BPM1 / BPM2 Method LCMS 86 127.22°C / -63.46 J / g 25-350°C / 10 °Cmin / 40 µl A1 2.85 96.4 439.2 440.1 / 438.3 Method F 83 108.84°C / -49.64 J / g 25-350°C / 10°Cmin / 40 µl A1 3.86 100.0 554.2 555.2 / 613.6 [M+CH 3 COO]- Method F 82 190.78°C / -58.34 J / g 25-350°C / 10°Cmin / 40 µl A1 3.54 96.8 538.3 539.4 / 597.6 [M +CH 3 COO]- Method F 117 167.85°C / -87.32 J / g 25-350°C / 10°Cmin / 40 µl A1 3.48 100.0 492.2 493.1 / 491.4 Method F Method F C / -31.45 J / g 2.52 99.5 408.3 409.2 / 467.3 [M+CH 3COO]- Method F 90 237.63°C / -116.22 J / g 25-300°C / 10°Cmin / 40 µl A1 2.30 100.0 451.2 452.5 / 450.2 Method K 91 204.21°C / -81.42 J / g 25-300°C / 10°Cmin / 40 µl A1 2.72 100.0 513.2 514.5 / 512.3 Method K C / -67.31 J / g 25-300°C / 10°Cmin / 40 µl A1 3.19 98.32 486.2 487.5 / 485.3 Method K Compound No. Melting point (Kofler or DSC) LCMS K. T. UV area % MW (theor.) BPM1 / BPM2 LCMS Method 118 201.34°C / -67.10 J g л -1 25-350°C / 10°Cmin / 40 µl A1 2.39 94.45 398.1 399.4 / 397.2 Method K 119 147.85°C / -51.51 J / g 25-350 °C / 10°Cmin / 40 µl A1 3 100 485.2 486.4 / 484.3 Method K 120 139.57°C / -113.34 J / g 25-350°C / 10°Cmin / 40 µl A1 3.02 100 485.2 486.5 / 484.2 Method K 94 168.80°C / -55.36 J / g 25-350°C / 10°Cmin / 40 µl A1 3.61 99.27 485.2 486.1 / 484.3 Method F 95 154.23°C / -78.85 J / g 25-350°C / 10°C min / 40 µl A1 2.84 100 480.2 481.4 / Method F 122 161.23°C / -54.16 J / g 25-350°C / 10°Cmin / 40 µl A1 2.92 96.6 486.2 487.1 / 485.4 Method F 96 182.82° C / -91.28 J / g 25-300°C / 10°Cmin / 40 µl A1 2.62 100 422.2 423.5 / 421.2 Method K Compound No. Melting point (Kofler or DSC) LCMS KT % UV area MW (theor.) BPM1 / BPM2 LCMS Method Compound 123 166, 63°C / -55.15 J / g, 25-300°C / 10°Cmin / 4 0 µl Al (DSC: 25-300°C / 10°Cmin / 4 0 µl Al) 2.58 97.1 475.2 476.2 / 474.3 Method F Compound 124 135.97 °C / -75.64 J / g, 25-300°C / 10°Cmin / 4 0 µl Al (DSC: 25-300°C / 10°Cmin / 4 0 µl Al) 3, 02 100, 0 491 .2 492.4 / 490.3 Method K Compound 125 146.77°C / -81.28 J g л -1, 25-350°C / 10°Cmin / 4 0 µl Al (DSC: 25-350°C / 10°Cmin / 4 0 µl Al) 3.35 100, 0 472.2 473.1 / 471, 3 Method F Compound 126 187.49°C / -68.56 J / g; 289.39°C / +284.4 9 J / g (DSC: 25-300°C / 10°Cmin / 4 0 µl Al) 2.59 99.3 423.1 424 / 482.2 [M+CH 3 COO]- Method F Compound 127 201.15°C / - 111.61 J / g (DSC: 25-300°C / 10°Cmin / 4 0 µl Al) 3.39 98.7 436.2 437.1 / 495.3 [M+CH 3 COO]- Method F Compound No. Melting point (Kofler or DSC) LCMS TC % UV area MW (theor.) BPM1 / BPM2 LCMS method Compound 128 160.59°C / -94.05 J / g (DSC: 25-300 °C / 10°Cmin / 4 0 µl Al) 2.97 100.0 505.2 506.1 / 504.3 Method F Compound 129 188.46°C / -42.53 J / g (DSC: 25- 350°C / 10°Cmin / 4 0 µl Al) 2.68 90.7 414.1 414.9 / 413.1 Method F Compound 158 101.95°C / -40.87 J / g (DSC: 25 -350°C / 10°Cmin / 4 0 µl Al) 2.93 100.0 488.2 489.1 / 487.4 Method F Compound 152 See curve (DSC: 25-350°C / 10°Cmin / 4 0 µl Al) 3, 41 98.5 519.2 520.1 / 518.4 Method F Compound 148 158.14°C / -65.57 J / g (DSC: 25-350°C / 10°Cmin / 4 0 µl Al) 3 100.0 445.1 446 / 444.3 Method F Compound 133 84.29°C / -42.38 J g л -1 (DSC: 25-350°C / 10°Cmin / 4 0 µl Al) 3.18100.0473.2474.1 / 472.3 Method F Compound No. Melting point (Kofler or DSC) LCMS TC % UV area MW (theor.) BPM1 / BPM2 LCMS method Compound 159 177.08°C / -85.31 J / g (DSC: 25-350 °C / 10°Cmin / 4 0 µl Al) 3.76 100.0 576.2 575.4 / 577.2 Method F Compound 141 158.48°C / - 115.36 J g л -1 (DSC: 25-350°C / 10°Cmin / 4 0 µl Al) 3.64 98.9 520.2 521.2 / 579.5 [M+CH 3 COO]- Method F Compound 142 193.19°C / -79.28 J g л -1 (DSC: 25-350°C / 10°Cmin / 4 0 µl Al) 3.4 100.0 521.2 522.2 / 580.5 [M+CH 3 COO]- Method F Compound 131 172.76°C / -68.86 J / g (DSC: 25-350°C / 10°Cmin / 4 0 µl Al) 3.31 100.0 493.1 494.1 / 492.3 Method F Compound 144 135.80°C / -64.11 J g л -1 (DSC: 25-350°C / 10°Cmin / 4 0 µl Al) 3.51 97.8 535.2 536.2 / 594.5 [M+CH 3 COO]- Method F Compound 138 105.98°C / -50.26 J / g (DSC: 25-350°C / 10°Cmin / 4 0 µl Al) 3.75 98.5 534.2 535.2 / 593.5 [M+CH 3 COO]- Method F Compound No. Melting point (Kofler or DSC) LCMS TC % UV area MW (theor.) BPM1 / BPM2 LCMS Method Compound 130 169.56°C / -68.85 J / g (DSC: 25-350 °C / 10°Cmin / 4 0 µl Al) 2.91 100.0 462.2 463.5 / 521.3 [M+CH 3 COO] Method K Compound 134 188.07°C / -99.63 J / g (DSC: 25-350°C / 10°Cmin / 4 0 µl Al) 2.89 100.0 486.2 487.2 / 485.5 Method F Compound 160 166.29°C / -77.23 J / g (DSC: 25-350°C / 10°Cmin / 4 0 µl Al) 3.52 100, 0 562.2 563, 4 / 621.4 [M+CH 3 COO]- Method K Compound 143 130.31°C / -83.46 J g л -1 (DSC: 25-350°C / 10°Cmin / 4 0 µl Al) 2.73 97.9 378.2 379 / 437.3 Method F Compound 153 150.61°C / -64.88 J g л-1 (DSC: 25-350°C / 10°Cmin / 4 0 µl Al) 3.5 98.7 521.2 522.2 / 520.5 Method F Compound 161 126.57°C / -47.92 J / g (DSC: 25-350°C / 10°Cmin / 4 0 µl Al) 3.61 100.0 534.2 535.5 / 593.3 [M+CH 3 COO] Method K Compound 162 238.06°C / -64.81 J / g (DSC: 25-350°C / 10°Cmin / 4 0 µl Al) 3.27 100.0563.2564.5 / 622.4 [M+CH 3 SOO] - Method K Compound No. Melting point (Kofler or DSC) LCMS TC % UV area MW (theor.) BPM1 / BPM2 LCMS method Compound 132 149, 46°C / -64.76 J / g (DSC: 25-350 °C / 10°Cmin / 4 0 µl Al) 2.99 100.0 486.2 487.1 / 485.4 Method F Compound 163 142.39°C / -61.91 J / g (DSC: 25- 350°C / 10°Cmin / 4 0 µl Al) 3.37 100.0 408.2 409.4 / 407.4 Method K Compound 149 141.92°C / -60.55 J / g (DSC: 25 -350°C / 10°Cmin / 4 0 µl Al) 3.98 100.0 586.2 587.4 / 585.3 Method K Compound 164 165.12°C / -58.86 J / g (DSC: 25-350°C / 10°Cmin / 4 0 µl Al) 3.52 100.0 492.15 493.5 / 491.2 Method K Compound 157 144.55°C / -60.51 J g л -1 (DSC: 25-350°C / 10°Cmin / 4 0 µl Al) 3.67 99.5 552.2 553.5 / 551.4 Method K Compound 139 135.21°C / -62.94 J g л -1 (DSC: 25-350°C / 10°Cmin / 4 0 µl Al) 3.62 100.0 538.3 539.5 / 597.5 [M+CH 3 COO] Method F Compound 165 150.69°C / -73.99 J / g (DSC: 25-350°C / 10°Cmin / 4 0 µl Al) 3.4 100.0 458.2 459.2 / 457.3 Method F Compound No. Melting point (Kofler or DSC) LCMS TC % UV area MW (theor.) BPM1 / BPM2 LCMS Method Compound 150 144.49°C / -43.61 J / g (DSC: 25-350 °C / 10°Cmin / 4 0 µl Al) 4.03 97.0 586.2 587.3 / 585.4 Method F Compound 146 119.23°C / -38.89 J g л -1 (DSC: 25-350°C / 10°Cmin / 4 0 µl Al) 3.88 100.0568.2569.5 / 627.4 [M+CH 3 COO]- Method K Compound 147 151.74°C / -63.26 J g л -1 (DSC: 25-350°C / 10°Cmin / 4 0 µl Al) 3.66 100.0 564.2 565.4 / 623.5 [M+CH 3 COO]- Method F Compound 140 121.52°C / -62.48 J / g (DSC: 25-350°C / 10°Cmin / 4 0 µl Al) 3, 45 99, 4472.2 473.2 / 531.6 [M+CH 3 COO]- Method F Compound 154 132.95°C / -79.92 J g л -1 (DSC: 25-350°C / 10°Cmin / 4 0 µl Al) 3.25 100.0 540.1 541.5 / 539.3 Method K Compound 155 232.10°C / -88.86 J g л -1 (DSC: 25-350°C / 10°Cmin / 4 0 µl Al) 2.44 100.0 458.1 459.5 / 457.2 Method K Compound 166 156.21°C / -30.90 J / g (DSC: 25-350°C / 10°Cmin / 4 0 µl Al) 5.22 100.0 535.2 536.3 / 594.4 [M+CH 3 COO]- Method F Compound No. Melting point (Kofler or DSC) LCMS K. T. UV area % MW (theor.) BPM1 / BPM2 LCMS Method Compound 145 198.95°C / -102.61 J / g (DSC: 25-350 °C / 10°Cmin / 4 0 µl Al) 3.42 100.0 539.3 540.4 / 598.7 [M+CH 3 COO]- Method F Compound 167 164.95°C / -78.44 J g л -1 (DSC: 25-350°C / 10°Cmin / 4 0 µl Al) 3.66 98.0 538.3 539.4 / 597.6 [M+CH 3 COO]- Method F Compound 156 202.90°C / -47.56 J g л -1 (DSC: 25-350°C / 10°Cmin / 4 0 µl Al) 2.13 100.0 428.2 429.2 / 427.4 Method F Compound 136 163.21°C / -60.16 J / g (DSC: 25-350°C / 10°Cmin / 4 0 µl Al) 3.05 99.4475.16 476.2 / 474.4 Method F Compound 151 164.83°C / -27. 18 J / g (DSC: 25-350°C / 10°Cmin / 4 0 µl Al) 4.32 98.9584.2 585.3 / 583.5 Method F Compound 135 148.28°C / -63 .15 J / g (DSC: 25-350°C / 10°Cmin / 4 0 µl Al) 3.22 98.8 474.16 475.2 / 473.4 Method F Compound 137 201.30°C / - 41.79 J / g (DSC: 25-350°C / 10°Cmin / 4 0 µl Al) 3.65 98.9550.2 551.3 / 549.5 Method F Compound No. Melting point (Kofler or DSC) LCMS TC % area UV MW (theor.) BPM1 / BPM2 LCMS Method Compound 168 183.37°C / -57.51 J / g (DSC: 25-350 °C / 10°Cmin / 4 0 µl Al) 2.33 100.0 424.2 425.1 / 423.1 Method F Analytical methods LCMS The mass of some compounds was recorded using LCMS (liquid chromatography-mass spectrometry). The methods used are described below. General procedure Method C High performance liquid chromatography (HPLC) measurements were performed using an LC pump, diode array detector (DAD) or UV detector and column as described in the respective methods. If necessary, additional detectors were included (see table of methods below). The flow from the column was sent to a mass spectrometer (MS), which was equipped with an atmospheric pressure ionization source. It is within the skill of the art to set configurable parameters (eg, scan range, minimum measurement time, etc.) in order to obtain ions that provide a determination of the nominal monoisotopic molecular weight (MW) of the compound. Data collection was carried out using the appropriate software. Compounds were described by their experimental retention time (R t ) and ions. Unless otherwise noted, in the datasheet the indicated molecular ion is [M+H] + (protonated molecule) and / or [M-H]~ (deprotonated molecule). In case the compound was not directly ionizable, indicate the type of adduct (i.e. [M+NH 4 ] + , [M + NSOO] - etc. ) . For molecules with complex isotopic distributions (Br, C1, etc.), the value described is that obtained for the smallest mass of the isotope. All results were obtained with experimental errors that are usually associated with the method used. Throughout this document, "SQD" stands for Single Quadrupole Detector, "QT" means room temperature, "BEN" means ethylsiloxane / silica bridged hybrid, "HSS" means high strength silica, "DAD" means diode array detector. Table. LCMS method codes (flow expressed in ml / min; column temperature (T) in °C; analysis time in minutes). Method Code Instrument Column Mobile Phase Gradient Flow Analysis Time Column T Method C Waters: Acquity UPLC® - DAD and Quattro Micro™ Waters : BEN C18 (1.7 µm, 2.1x100 mm) A: 95% CH 3 COONH 4 7 mM / 5% CH 3 CN, V: CH 3 CN from 84.2% A in 0.49 min. to 10.5% A in 2.18 minutes, retention for 1.94 minutes, back to 84.2% A in 0.73 minutes, retention for 0.73 minutes. 0.343 6.2 40 General procedure for LCMS Methods A and B High performance liquid chromatography (HPLC) measurements were performed using an LC pump, diode array detector (DAD) or UV detector and column as described in the respective methods. If necessary, additional detectors were included (see table of methods below). The flow from the column was sent to a mass spectrometer (MS), which was equipped with an atmospheric pressure ionization source. It is within the skill of the art to set configurable parameters (eg, scan range, minimum measurement time, etc.) in order to obtain ions that provide a determination of the nominal monoisotopic molecular weight (MW) of the compound. Data collection was carried out using the appropriate software. Compounds were described by their experimental retention time (R t ) and ions. Unless otherwise noted, in the datasheet the indicated molecular ion is [M+H] + (protonated molecule) and / or [M-H]~ (deprotonated molecule). In case the connection was not directly capable of ionization indicate the type of adduct (i.e. [M+NH 4 ] + , [M + NSOO] - etc. ) . For molecules with complex isotopic distributions (Br, C1, etc.), the value described is that obtained for the smallest mass of the isotope. All results were obtained with experimental errors that are usually associated with the method used. Further "MSD" - mass selective detector, "DAD" - diode array detector. Table. LCMS method codes (flow expressed in ml / min; column temperature (T) in °C; analysis time in minutes). Method code Instrument Column Mobile phase Gradient Flow Analysis time Method B Agilent: 1100 / 1200 -DAD and MSD Agilent: TC-C18 (5 µm, 2.1x50 mm) A: 0.1% CF 3 COOH in water, B: 0.05% CF 3 COOH to CH 3 CN from 100% A in 1 min., to 40% A in 4 min., to 15% A in 2.5 min., back to 100% A in 2 min. 0.8 10.5 50 Method A Agilent: 1100 / 1200 -DAD and MSD Agilent: TC-C18 (5 µm, 2.1x50 mm) A: 0.1% CF3COOH in water, B: 0.05% CF3COOH in CH 3CN from 90% A in 0.8 min, to 20% A in 3.7 min, hold for 3 min, back to 90% A in 2 min. 0.8 10.5 50 If the compound is a mixture of isomers that give different peaks in the LCMS method, then in the LCMS datasheet only the retention time of the main component is given. General Procedure High Performance Liquid Chromatography (HPLC) measurements were performed using an LC pump, diode array detector (DAD) or UV detector, and a column as described in the respective methods. If necessary, additional detectors were included (see table of methods below). The flow from the column was sent to a mass spectrometer (MS), which was equipped with an atmospheric pressure ionization source. It is within the skill of the art to set tunable parameters (eg, scan range, dwell time, etc.) to produce ions to determine the nominal monoisotopic molecular weight (MW) of the compound. Data collection was carried out using the appropriate software. Compounds were described by their experimental retention time (R t ) and ions. Unless otherwise noted, in the datasheet the indicated molecular ion is [M+H] + (protonated molecule) and / or [M-H]~ (deprotonated molecule). In case the compound was not directly ionizable, indicate the type of adduct (i.e. [M+NH 4 ] + , [M + HCOO] - etc.). For molecules with complex isotopic distributions (Br, C1, etc.), the value described is that obtained for the smallest mass of the isotope. All results were obtained with experimental errors that are usually associated with the method used. Throughout this document, "SQD" stands for Single Quadrupole Detector, "QT" means room temperature, "BEN" means ethylsiloxane / silica bridged hybrid, "HSS" means high strength silica, "DAD" means diode array detector. Table. LCMS method codes (flow expressed in ml / min; column temperature (T) in °C; analysis time in minutes). Method Code Instrument Column Mobile Phase Gradient Flow Analysis Time Column T Method F Waters: Acquity UPLC® - DAD and Quattro Micro™ Waters : BEN C18 (1.7 µm, 2.1x100 mm) A: 95% CH 3 COONH 4 7 mM / 5% CH 3 CN, V:CH 3 CN from 84.2% A in 0.49 min. to 10.5% A in 2.18 minutes, retention for 1.94 minutes, back to 84.2% A in 0.73 minutes, retention for 0.73 minutes. 0.343 6.2 40 Method K Waters : Acquity® H-Class - DAD and SQD2™ Waters : BEN C18 (1.7 µm, 2.1x100 mm) A: 95% CH 3 COONH 4 7 mM / 5% CH 3 CN, V: CH 3 CN 84.2% A to 10.5% A in 2.18 min, hold for 1.96 min, again to 84.2% A in 0.73 min, hold for 0.73 min . 0.343 6, 1 40 Further "MSD" - mass selective detector, "DAD" - diode array detector. Table. LCMS method codes (flow expressed in ml / min; column temperature (T) in °C; analysis time in minutes). Method code Instrument Column Mobile phase Gradient Flow Analysis time Column T Method E Agilent: 1100 / 1200 -DAD and MSD Agilent: TC-C18 (5 µm, 2.1x50 mm) A: 0.1% CE 3 COOH in water, V: 0.05% CE 3 COOH to CH 3 CN from 100% A in 1 min, to 40% A in 4 min, to 15% A in 2.5 min, back to 100% A in 2 min. 0.8 10.5 50 Method code Instrument Column Mobile phase Gradient Flow Analysis time Column T Method D Agilent: 1100 / 1200 -DAD and MSD Agilent: TC-C18 (5 µm, 2.1x50 mm) A: 0.1% CF 3 COOH in water, B: 0.05% CF 3 COOH to CH 3 CN from 90% A in 0.8 min. to 20% A in 3.7 min. , hold for 3 min., back to 90% A in 2 min. 0.8 10.5 50 Agilent Method H: 1100 / 1200 -DAD and MSD Waters : XBridge™ Shield RP18 (5 MKM, 2.1x50 mm) A: 0.05% NH 4 OH in water, B: CH 3 CN from 100% A in 1 min, to 40% A in 4 min, hold for 2.5 min, back to 100% A in 2 min. 0.8 10.5 40 Agilent Method G: 1200-DAD and MSD6110 Phenomene x: Luna-C18 (5 µm, 2 x50 mm) A: 0.1% CF 3 COOH in water, B: 0.05% CF 3 COOH to CH 3CN from 90% A in 0.8 min. to 20% A in 3.7 min. , hold for 3 min., back to 90% A in 2 min. 0.8 10 50 Method code Instrument Column Mobile phase Gradient Flow Analysis time Column T Method I Agilent: 1200-DAD and MSD6110 Phenomene x: Luna-018 (5 µm, 2 x 50 mm) A: 0.1% CF 3 COOH in water, B: 0.05% CF 3 COOH to CH 3 CN from 70% A in 0.8 min. to 10% A in 3.7 min. , hold for 3 min., back to 70% A in 2 min. 0.8 10 50 Agilent Method J: 1200-DAD and MSD6110 Phenomene x: Luna-018 (5 µm, 2 x 50 mm) A: 0.1% CF 3 COOH in water, B: 0.05% CF 3 COOH to CH 3 CN from 100% A in 1 min, to 40% A in 4 min, to 15% A in 2.5 min, again to 100% A in 2 min. 0.8 10 Pharmacological examples Determination of MIC for test compounds against M. tuberculosis Test 1 Appropriate solutions of experimental and reference compounds were prepared in 96-well plates with 7H9 medium. Samples of Mycobacterium tuberculosis strain H37Rv were taken from crops in the logarithmic growth phase. They were first diluted to give an optical density of 0.3 at 600 nm and then diluted 1 / 100 to give an inoculum of approximately 5x10 exp5 CFU per well. The plates were incubated at 37°C in plastic containers to prevent evaporation. After 7 days, resazurin was added to all wells. Two days later, fluorescence was measured on a Gemini EM microplate reader with excitation - 543 and emission - 590 nm and MIC50 and / or pICso (or similar, e.g. IC50, IC90, pICgo, etc.) ) . Test 2 Round-bottom plastic sterile 96-well microtiter plates are filled with 100 µl of Middlebrook Broth Medium 7H9 (1x). Then an additional 100 µl of medium is added to column 2. Stock solutions (200x final test concentration) of the compounds are added in a volume of 2 µl to a series of duplicate wells in column 2 to allow evaluation of their effects on bacterial growth. Serial 2-fold dilutions are carried out directly in microtiter plates in columns 2-11 using a multichannel pipette. Pipette tips are changed after every 3 dilutions to minimize pipetting errors for highly hydrophobic compounds. Each microtiter plate contains untreated controls with and without inoculum (column 1) (column 12). Approximately 10,000 cfu of Mycobacterium tuberculosis (H37RV strain) per well in a volume of 100 µl in Middlebrook Broth Medium 7H9 (1x) is added to rows A-H except column 12. The same volume of broth medium without inoculum is added to column 12 in rows A-H . Cultures are incubated at 37°C for 7 days in a humidified atmosphere (incubator with open air valve and continuous ventilation). On day 7, a visual check for bacterial growth is performed. 90% minimum inhibitory concentration (M1C 90 ) is defined as the concentration at which there is no visible growth of bacteria. Test 3: Activity assays by time of death The bactericidal or bacteriostatic activity of compounds can be determined in a time-of-death activity assay using the broth dilution method. In the analysis of activity by the time of death of Mycobacterium tuberculosis (strain H37RV), the initial concentration of M. tuberculosis inoculum in Middlebrook broth 7H9 (1x) is 10 6 cfu / ml Antibacterial compounds are used at a concentration of 0.1-10 times the MIC 9 q. The tubes containing no antibacterial agent constitute the culture growth control. Tubes containing the microorganism and test compounds are incubated at 37°C. After 0, 1, 4, 7, 14 and 21 days after incubation, samples are taken to determine the number of viable microorganisms through serial dilution (10 _1 -ten _6) in Middlebrook 7H9 medium and inoculation (100 µl) on Middlebrook 7H11 agar plates. Tablets incubated at 37°C for 21 days and determine the number of colonies. Kill curves can be generated by plotting logioKOE per ml versus time. The bactericidal effect is usually defined as a 31 times reduction in CFU per ml compared to the untreated inoculum. Possible residual effect of drugs is eliminated by serial dilutions and colony counts at the highest dilution used for plating. Test 4 (see also test 1 above; another strain of Mycobacterium tuberculosis' is used in this test) Appropriate solutions of experimental and reference compounds were prepared in 96-well plates with 7H9 medium. Samples of the strain Mycobacterium tuberculosis EH 4.0 (361.269) were taken from cultures in the constant growth phase. They were first diluted to give an optical density of 0.3 at 600 nm and then diluted 1 / 100 to give an inoculum of approximately 5x10 exp5 CFU per well. The plates were incubated at 37°C in plastic containers to prevent evaporation. After 7 days, resazurin was added to all wells. Two days later, fluorescence was measured on a Gemini EM microplate reader with 543 nm excitation and 590 nm emission wavelengths and calculated (or could have calculated) MIC50 and / or p!C50 (or similar, e.g. IC50, IC90, p !C90, etc.). pICso values ​​can be written below in µg / mL. results Compounds according to the present invention / examples, for example, when tested in Test 1 or Test 2 described above, can typically have an IC90 value of 0.01 to 10 μg / ml. Compounds according to the present invention / examples, for example when tested in Test 1 or Test 2 described above, may typically have a pICso of 3 to 10 (e.g. 4.0 to 9.0, e.g. 5.0 to 8.0). Compounds according to the examples were tested in the test 1 described above (under "Pharmacological Examples"), and the following results were obtained: Biological data table No. p!C50 p!C50 * p1C50 ** 1 8.03 7.88 17 7.82 6.5 6.33 2 7.79 7.83 7.93 3 7.59 7.58 7.59 23 7.32 7.35 7.35 22 7.26 7.18 7.24 5 7.16 7.13 7.13 9 7.08 7.14 7.27 7 7 7.12 7.1 15 6, 99 7.02 4 6.92 12 6.89 7.15 6.97 25 6.87 6.88 6.96 6 6.85 6.99 6.89 8 6.83 6.73 6.77 Compound No. p!C50 p!C50 * p!C50 ** 10 6, 83 6, 85 6, 97 18 6, 72 6, 91 6, 9 24 6, 7 6, 56 6, 94 13 6, 57 6, 59 6, 58 16 6, 55 6, 61 26 6, 17 6, 16 6.23 19 6, 1 5.94 5.97 11 5.73 5.52 5.92 21 5.61 5.98 5, 86 14 5.55 5.53 27 5.39 5.38 5.54 28 5.22 5.12 5.13 29 5.1 5.17 5.15 30 5.05 <4.9 4.96 31 <4.9 <4.9 <4.9 and ** mean repetitive (2nd and 3rd) tests in appropriate test; there may be some deviation observed in the results of experiments Additional biological data Compounds according to the examples were tested in the test 4 above (under "Pharmacological Examples"), and the following results were obtained: connection number pIC 50 28 8.5 14 6.4 15 6.8 1 7.0 7 7.8 29 5.1 81 8.3 16 8.0 4 8.3 24 6.6 23 7.5 26 6.4 22 7 .9 2 7.3 3 8.3 77 6.1 8 7.3 9 7.9 13 7.5 12 7.5 5 7.5 30 5.1 20 6.5 27 6.4 21 7.0 11 6, 1 18 7.5 10 7.5 17 7.4 19 5.9 6 7.6 31 <4.9 66 8.1 80 <4.9 32 7.4 79 <4.9 34 <4 .9 35 5.1 68 7.2 64 7.0 39 <4.9 40 <4.9 38 <4.9 41 5.1 70 6.5 43 <4.9 44 5.1 78 5.6 48 5.2 49 <4.9 61 6.2 46 5.1 47 5.2 51 5.2 53 <4.9 52 5.1 65 8.0 69 7.5 33 <4.9 63 6.5 60 7.0 71 6.5 36 5.1 37 5.4 42 5.0 45 5.1 50 <4.9 54 5.1 55 <4.9 97 <4.9 98 <4.9 99 <4.9 100 <4.9 101 5.8 102 5.4 103 5.1 104 <4.9 105 <4.9 106 <4.9 107 <4.9 108 <4.9 109 <4.9 58 7.0 67 8.0 110 <4.9 72 8.0 111 <4.9 73 6.7 74 7.2 112 5.5 113 <4.9 56 8.2 57 8.1 59 6.5 114 4. 9 115 5.5 76 7.6 75 7.8 92 6.6 116 6.5 84 7.0 87 6.6 88 6.6 86 6.8 83 7.0 82 7.2 117 7.7 89 5.2 85 6.0 90 4.9 91 5.0 93 6.9 118 4.9 119 6.2 120 5.0 94 7.1 95 6.8 121 5.6 122 6. 1 96 6. 9 124 7.1 / 7.2 126 5 / 4.9 127 6.9 / 7.0 128 7.5 129 6.4 / 6.5 connection number pIC 50123 5,8 125 8,7 158 6,4 152 7,8 148 7,8 133 8,7 159 7,4 141 7,5 142 6, 9 131 8,3 144 7,1 138 7,4 130 7,8 134 8,2 160 7,5 143 6,4 153 8,7 161 5,6 162 5,1 132 5,1 163 5,1 149 8,7 164 5,1 157 5,1 139 5,1 165 5,1 150 8,7 146 6,5 147 5,9 140 5,8

Claims

1. Use of a compound of formula (IA) for the treatment of tuberculosis, where R1 is hydrogen; L1 is -CH2-; X1 is an optional phenylene or naphthylene aromatic linker group, which linker group may itself be optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from fluoro, -OH, -OC2-6alkyl and C2-6alkyl, the last two alkyl moieties themselves being optionally substituted with one or more fluoro atoms; Xa represents C(H) or N; Xb represents C(H), N, O or C=O; q1 represents -CH2-, -CH2-CH2-, -O-CH2-, or "-"; q2 is -CH2- or -CH2-CH2-; q3 represents -CH2- or -CH2-CH2-; q4 is -CH2- or -CH2-CH2-; if Xb is O or C=O, then L2 is absent; if Xb is C(H) or N, then may be hydrogen, halogen, -ORf, -O(O)-Rg, C1-6alkyl optionally substituted with one or more halogen atoms, or a C6-10 aromatic group optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from halogen, C2-6alkyl which itself is optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from fluorine, -CF3 and / or -SF5; -OC1-6alkyl which itself is optionally substituted with one or more fluorine atoms; -O-phenyl which itself is optionally substituted with halogen, C1-6alkyl, C1-6fluoroalkyl and / or -OC1-6alkyl; or -SF5; or if attached to nitrogen, i.e. if Xb is N, then is -S(O)2-C1-6alkyl optionally substituted with one or more fluorine atoms; Rf is hydrogen, C1-6alkyl optionally substituted with one or more fluorine atoms, or a C6-10aromatic group which itself is optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from halogen, C1-6alkyl and -OC1-6alkyl, wherein the last two alkyl moieties may themselves be optionally substituted with one or more fluorine atoms; Rg is hydrogen or C1-6alkyl optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from fluorine or -OC1-3alkyl, the latter moiety also optionally substituted with one or more fluorine atoms, or a C6-10aromatic group optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from halogen, C1-6alkyl or -OC1-6alkyl; ring A can be attached to the amide moiety -C(O)-N(R1)- by either of two possible bonds, represented by the dotted lines, these bonds being connected to ring A at two different atoms of this ring; ring A is a 5-membered aromatic ring containing at least one nitrogen atom; ring B is a 5- or 6-membered ring which may be aromatic or non-aromatic, optionally containing from one to four heteroatoms selected from nitrogen, oxygen and sulfur; ring A and / or ring B may be optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from halogen, C1-6alkyl optionally substituted with one or more halogen atoms, and / or -OC1-6alkyl, which itself is optionally substituted with one or more fluorine atoms, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.

2. The use according to claim 1, where X1 is wherein such linker groups are optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from fluorine, CH3, CF3, -OCH3 and -OCF3.

3. The use according to claim 1 or 2, wherein the spirocyclic fragment, i.e. the Xa and Xb-containing fused ring, is represented as follows:

4. The use according to any of the preceding paragraphs, wherein ring A is represented as follows: and / or ring B is represented as follows: where "SUB" and "Sub" represent one or more possible substituents at the corresponding carbon or nitrogen atom.

5. The use according to any of the preceding claims, where the combined ring systems, i.e. ring A and ring B, are represented as follows: where "SUB" represents one or more possible substituents on the bicycle, i.e. on the A ring and / or on the B ring, and "Sub" represents a possible optional substituent on the N atom of the bicycle, where unsubstituted means "NH".

6. Application under any of the preceding paragraphs, where at least one of Xa and Xb is N and the other is C(H), N, or (in the case of Xb) O; and / or Xa and Xb do not represent C(H) simultaneously.

7. The use according to any of the preceding claims, wherein represents hydrogen, halogen, -ORf, -C(O)Rg or an aromatic group optionally substituted by one or two substituents selected from -OC1-6alkyl, which itself is optionally substituted by one or more fluorine atoms; or -SF5; or halogen.

8. The use according to claim 7, wherein Rf is a C1-6 alkyl or aryl group optionally substituted by C1-3 alkyl which itself is optionally substituted by one or more fluorine atoms, and / or Rg is C1-3 alkyl optionally substituted by fluorine, or phenyl.

9. The use according to any one of claims 1 to 6, wherein if Xb is N, then L2 is -S(O)2CF3.

10. Compound of formula (IA), where: R1 is hydrogen; L1 is -CH2-; X1 is absent, or X1 is a carbocyclic aromatic linker group that is phenylene at least one of Xa and Xb is N and the other is C(H), N, or (in the case of Xb) O; an Xa-containing spirocyclic 3-6-membered ring is attached to an Xb-containing spirocyclic 4-6-membered ring; q1 represents -CH2-, -CH2-CH2-, -O-CH2-, or "-"; q2 is -CH2- or -CH2-CH2-; q3 represents -CH2- or -CH2-CH2-; q4 is -CH2- or -CH2-CH2-; L2 is an optionally substituted aromatic group, and / or L2 is -ORf, where Rf is an optionally substituted aryl group; if L2 is an optionally substituted aromatic group, it is phenyl or a 5- or 6-membered heterocyclic group containing at least one nitrogen atom, forming a pyridyl, thiazolyl or triazolyl ring; optional substituents on aromatic groups are selected from halogen, C2-6alkyl, -CF3, -OC2-6alkyl and -OCF3; if Rf is an aryl group, it is phenyl optionally substituted by C1-3 alkyl, which itself is optionally substituted by fluorine; ring A and ring B together represent an 8- or 9-membered bicyclic ring, wherein ring A is a 5-membered ring and ring B may be a 5- or 6-membered ring, both rings being aromatic, containing at least one nitrogen atom; optional substituents on ring A and ring B are halogen, C1-3 alkyl and -OC1-3 alkyl, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.

11. Compound of formula (IB), where the values ​​of R1, L1, X1, Xa, Xb, L2, ring A and ring B are defined in any of paragraphs 1-9, and where n1, n2, n3 and n4 are independently equal to 1; at least one of Xa and Xb is N and the other is CH or N.

12. The compound according to claim 11, which is represented by the following formula where R1 is hydrogen; L1 is -CH3-; X1 is a carbocyclic aromatic linker group which is 1,4-phenylene at least one of Xa and Xb is N and the other is CH or N; L2 is -S(O)2-C1-6alkyl optionally substituted with one or more fluorine atoms; The combined ring systems, i.e. ring A and ring B, are represented as follows and "SUB" represents optional substituents on ring A and ring B and represents halogen, C1-3alkyl and -OC1-3alkyl, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.

13. Connection or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.

14. Use of a compound according to any one of claims 10 to 13 as a pharmaceutical preparation for the treatment of tuberculosis.

15. A pharmaceutical composition comprising a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier and, as an active ingredient, a therapeutically effective amount of a compound according to any one of claims 10-13.

16. Use of a compound according to any one of claims 10-13 for the treatment of tuberculosis.

17. Use of a compound as defined in any one of claims 1 to 13 for the manufacture of a medicament for the treatment of tuberculosis.

18. A method for treating tuberculosis, wherein the method comprises administering a therapeutically effective amount of a compound as defined in any one of claims 1 to 13.

19. A combination for the treatment of tuberculosis comprising (a) a compound as defined in any one of claims 1 to 13 and (b) one or more other anti-tuberculosis agents.

20. A product containing (a) a compound as defined in any one of claims 1 to 13 and (b) one or more other anti-tuberculosis agents, in the form of a combination preparation for simultaneous, separate or sequential use in the treatment of tuberculosis.

21. A method for producing a compound of formula (IA) according to paragraphs 10-13, wherein the method comprises: (i) reacting a compound of formula (II), where the meanings of the substituents are defined in paragraphs 10-13, with a compound of formula (III), where L2 is defined in paragraph 1, but only if L2 is not hydrogen, halogen, or bonded to O or S, and LG1 is a suitable leaving group.

22. A method for producing a compound of formula (IA) according to paragraphs 10-13, wherein the method comprises: (ii) reacting a compound of formula (IV), where the meanings of the substituents are defined in paragraphs 10-13, or a suitable carboxylic acid ester derivative thereof, with a compound of formula (V), where the values ​​of the substituents are defined above, under the conditions of the amide coupling reaction.

23. A method for producing a compound of formula (IA) according to paragraphs 10-13, wherein the method comprises: (iii) a combination of a compound of formula (VI), where the meanings of the substituents are defined in paragraphs 10-13, and LG2 is a suitable leaving group, with a compound of formula (VII), where the meanings of the substituents are defined in paragraphs 10-13.

24. A method for producing a compound of formula (IA) according to paragraphs 10-13, wherein the method comprises: (iv) a combination of a compound of formula (VIII), where the meanings of the substituents are defined in paragraphs 10-13, and LG3 is a suitable leaving group as described above in relation to LG2, with a compound of formula (IX), LG4-L2 (IX), where L2 is defined in paragraphs 10-13, but only if L2 is not hydrogen, halogen, or bonded to O or S, and LG4 is a suitable leaving group.

Images